You are on page 1of 128

Integrated Dual RF Transmitter, Receiver,

and Observation Receiver


Data Sheet ADRV9009
FEATURES In addition to automatic gain control (AGC), the ADRV9009
Dual transmitters also features flexible external gain control modes, allowing
Dual receivers significant flexibility in setting system level gain dynamically.
Dual input shared observation receiver The received signals are digitized with a set of four high dynamic
Maximum receiver bandwidth: 200 MHz range, continuous time Σ-Δ ADCs that provide inherent
Maximum tunable transmitter synthesis bandwidth: 450 MHz antialiasing. The combination of the direct conversion architecture,
Maximum observation receiver bandwidth: 450 MHz which does not suffer from out of band image mixing, and the
Fully integrated fractional-N RF synthesizers lack of aliasing, relaxes the requirements of the RF filters when
Fully integrated clock synthesizer compared to traditional IF receivers.
Multichip phase synchronization for RF LO and baseband
clocks The transmitters use an innovative direct conversion modulator
JESD204B datapath interface that achieves high modulation accuracy with exceptionally low
Tunable range: 75 MHz to 6000 MHz noise.
The observation path consists of a wide bandwidth, direct
APPLICATIONS
conversion receiver with state-of-the-art dynamic range.
3G/4G/5G TDD macro cell base stations
TDD active antenna systems The fully integrated phase-locked loop (PLL) provides high
Massive MIMO performance, low power, fractional-N RF frequency synthesis
Phased array radar for the transmitter (Tx) and receiver (Rx) signal paths. An
Electronic warfare additional synthesizer generates the clocks needed for the
Military communications converters, digital circuits, and the serial interface. A multichip
Portable test equipment synchronization mechanism synchronizes the phase of the RF
local oscillator and baseband clocks between multiple ADRV9009
GENERAL DESCRIPTION chips. Precautions are taken to provide the isolation demanded
The ADRV9009 is a highly integrated, radio frequency (RF), agile in high performance base station applications. All voltage
transceiver offering dual transmitters and receivers, integrated controlled oscillators (VCOs) and loop filter components are
synthesizers, and digital signal processing functions. The IC integrated.
delivers a versatile combination of high performance and low
The high speed JESD204B interface supports up to 12.288 Gbps
power consumption demanded by 3G, 4G, and 5G macro cell
lane rates resulting in two lanes per transmitter, and a single
time division duplex (TDD) base station applications.
lane per receiver in the widest bandwidth mode. The interface
The receive path consists of two independent, wide bandwidth, also supports interleaved mode for lower bandwidths, thus
direct conversion receivers with state-of-the-art dynamic range. reducing the total number of high speed data interface lanes to
The device also supports a wide bandwidth, time shared one. Both fixed and floating point data formats are supported.
observation path receiver (ORx) for use in TDD applications. The floating point format allows internal AGC to be invisible to
The complete receive subsystem includes automatic and manual the demodulator device.
attenuation control, dc offset correction, quadrature error
The core of the ADRV9009 can be powered directly from 1.3 V
correction (QEC), and digital filtering, thus eliminating the need
and 1.8 V regulators and is controlled via a standard 4-wire
for these functions in the digital baseband. Several auxiliary
serial port. Comprehensive power-down modes are included to
functions, such as analog to digital converters (ADCs), digital-to-
minimize power consumption in normal use. The ADRV9009 is
analog converters (DACs), and general-purpose input/outputs
packaged in a 12 mm × 12 mm, 196-ball chip scale ball grid
(GPIOs) for the power amplifier (PA), and RF front-end control
array (CSP_BGA).
are also integrated.

Rev. A Document Feedback


Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no
responsibility is assumed by Analog Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other
rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications subject to change without notice. No One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106, U.S.A.
license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices. Tel: 781.329.4700 ©2018 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Technical Support www.analog.com
ADRV9009 Data Sheet

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Features .............................................................................................. 1 Transmitter .................................................................................. 96
Applications ....................................................................................... 1 Receiver........................................................................................ 96
General Description ......................................................................... 1 Observation Receiver ................................................................. 96
Revision History ............................................................................... 2 Clock Input.................................................................................. 96
Functional Block Diagram .............................................................. 3 Synthesizers ................................................................................. 96
Specifications..................................................................................... 4 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) ............................................... 97
Current and Power Consumption Specifications................... 12 JTAG Boundary Scan ................................................................. 97
Timing Diagrams........................................................................ 14 Power Supply Sequence ............................................................. 97
Absolute Maximum Ratings .......................................................... 15 GPIO_x Pins ............................................................................... 97
Reflow Profile .............................................................................. 15 Auxiliary Converters.................................................................. 97
Thermal Management ............................................................... 15 JESD204B Data Interface .......................................................... 97
Thermal Resistance .................................................................... 15 Applications Information .............................................................. 99
ESD Caution ................................................................................ 15 PCB Layout and Power Supply Recommendations ............... 99
Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions ........................... 16 PCB Material and Stackup Selection ....................................... 99
Typical Performance Characteristics ........................................... 21 Fanout and Trace Space Guidelines ....................................... 101
75 MHz to 525 MHz Band ........................................................ 21 Component Placement and Routing Guidelines ................. 102
650 MHz to 3000 MHz Band .................................................... 42 RF and JESD204B Transmission Line Layout ...................... 109
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz Band .................................................. 61 Isolation Techniques Used on the ADRV9009 Customer Card
5100 MHz to 5900 MHz Band .................................................. 78 ..................................................................................................... 114

Transmitter Output Impedance ................................................ 93 RF Port Interface Information ................................................ 117

Observation Receiver Input Impedance .................................. 93 Outline Dimensions ..................................................................... 128

Receiver Input Impedance......................................................... 94 Ordering Guide ........................................................................ 128

Terminology .................................................................................... 95
Theory of Operation ...................................................................... 96

REVISION HISTORY
6/2018—Revision A: Initial Version

Rev. A | Page 2 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM


Rx1
RX1_IN +
ADRV9009
Rx2
RX1_IN –
RX2_IN +
RX2_IN – ADC

ORx1 LPF SYNCINx±


ORX1_IN + ORx2
ORX1_IN – SERDOUTx±
ADC SERDINx±
ORX2_IN +
ORX2_IN – LPF SYNCOUTx±
DIGITAL
PROCESSING
SYSREF_IN±
DECIMATION GP_INTERRUPT
RF_EXT_LO_I/O+ LO ARM pFIR
RF_EXT_LO_I/O– SYNTH M3 AGC RXx_ENABLE
DC-OFFSET
QEC TXx_ENABLE
LOL
JESD204B RESET
CIF/RIF
Tx1 TEST
TX1_OUT +
Tx2 SCLK
TX1_OUT –
CS
TX2_OUT + SDO
TX2_OUT – SDIO

GPIOS, AuxADCs, AND AuxDACs CLOCK REF_CLK_IN +


GENERATION
REF_CLK_IN –

16499-001
GPIO_3P3_x GPIO_x AUXADC_0 AUXDAC_x
THROUGH
AUXADC_3

Figure 1.

Rev. A| Page 3 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet

SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical characteristics at VDDA1P31 = 1.3 V, VDDD1P3_DIG = 1.3 V, VDDA1P8_TX = 1.8 V, TJ = full operating temperature range.
Local oscillator frequency (fLO) = 1800 MHz, unless otherwise noted. The specifications in Table 1 are not deembedded. Refer to the
Typical Performance Characteristics section for input/output circuit path loss. The device configuration profile, unless otherwise specified, is as
follows: receiver = 200 MHz (in-phase quadrature (IQ) rate = 245.76 MHz), transmitter = 200 MHz/450 MHz (IQ rate = 491.52 MHz),
observation receiver = 450 MHz (IQ rate = 491.52 MHz), JESD204B rate = 9.8304 GSPS, and device clock = 245.76 MHz.
Table 1.
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
TRANSMITTERS
Center Frequency 75 6000 MHz
Transmitter Synthesis 450 MHz
Bandwidth
Transmitter Large Signal 200 MHz
Bandwidth
Peak to Peak Gain 1.0 dB 450 MHz bandwidth, compensated by
Deviation programmable finite impulse
response (FIR) filter
Gain Slope ±0.1 dB Any 20 MHz bandwidth span,
compensated by programmable FIR
filter
Deviation from Linear Phase 1 Degrees 450 MHz bandwidth
Transmitter Attenuation 0 32 dB Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) maintained
Power Control Range for attenuation between 0 dB and 20 dB
Transmitter Attenuation 0.05 dB
Power Control
Resolution
Transmitter Attenuation INL 0.1 dB For any 4 dB step
Integral Nonlinearity
Transmitter Attenuation DNL +0.04 dB Monotonic
Differential Nonlinearity
Transmitter Attenuation See Figure 4
SPI-2 Timing
Time from CS Going High tSCH 19.5 24 ns
to Change in Transmitter
Attenuation
Time Between Consecutive tACH 6.5 8.1 ns A large change in attenuation can be
Micro Attenuation Steps broken up into a series of smaller
attenuation changes
Time Required to Reach tDCH 800 ns Time required to complete the
Final Attenuation Value change in attenuation from start
attenuation to final attenuation value
Maximum Attenuation −1.0 +0.5 dB
Overshoot During
Transition
Change in Attenuation per 0.5 dB
Micro Step
Maximum Attenuation 32 dB
Change when CS Goes
High
Adjacent Channel Leakage 20 MHz LTE at −12 dBFS
Ratio (ACLR) Long Term
Evolution (LTE)
−67 dB 75 MHz < f ≤ 2800 MHz
−64 dB 2800 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−60 dB 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz

Rev. A | Page 4 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
In Band Noise Floor 0 dB attenuation; in band noise falls
1 dB for each dB of attenuation for
attenuation between 0 dB and 20 dB
−148 dBm/Hz 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
−149 dBm/Hz 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−150.5 dBm/Hz 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Out of Band Noise Floor 0 dB attenuation; 3 × bandwidth/2
offset
−153 dBm/Hz 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
−154 dBm/Hz 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−155.5 dBm/Hz 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Interpolation Images −80 dBc
Transmitter to Transmitter 85 dB 75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
Isolation
75 dB 600 MHz < f ≤ 2800 MHz
70 dB 2800 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
65 dB 4800 MHz < f ≤ 5700 MHz
56 dB 5700 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Image Rejection
Within Large Signal QEC active
Bandwidth
70 dB 75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
65 dB 600 MHz < f ≤ 4000 MHz
62 dB 4000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
60 dB 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Beyond Large Signal 40 dB Assumes that distortion power density
Bandwidth is 25 dB below desired power density
Maximum Output Power 0 dBFS, continuous wave tone into
50 Ω load, 0 dB transmitter attenuation
9 dBm 75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
7 dBm 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
6 dBm 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
4.5 dBm 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Third Order Output OIP3 0 dB transmitter attenuation
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
29 dBm 75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
27 dBm 600 MHz < f ≤ 4000 MHz
23 dBm 4000 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Carrier Leakage With LO leakage correction active, 0 dB
attenuation; scales decibel for decibel
with attenuation; measured in 1 MHz
bandwidth, resolution bandwidth
and video bandwidth = 100 kHz, rms
detector, 100 trace average
Carrier Offset from Local −84 dBFS 75 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz
Oscillator (LO)
−82 dBFS 600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−80 dBFS 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Carrier on LO −71 dBFS

Rev. A| Page 5 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
Error Vector Magnitude EVM
(Third Generation
Partnership Project
(3GPP) Test Signals)
75MHz LO 0.5 % 300 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth
1900 MHz LO 0.7 % 50 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth
3800 MHz LO 0.7 % 300 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth
5900 MHz LO 1.1 % 300 kHz RF PLL loop bandwidth
Output Impedance ZOUT 50 Ω Differential (see Figure 428)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ORx
Center Frequency 75 6000 MHz
Gain Range 30 dB IIP3 improves decibel for decibel for the
first 18 dB of gain attenuation; QEC
performance optimized for 0 dB to
6 dB of attenuation only
Analog Gain Step 0.5 dB For attenuator steps from 0 dB to 6 dB
Peak to Peak Gain 1 dB 450 MHz bandwidth, compensated by
Deviation programmable FIR filter
Gain Slope ±0.1 dB Any 20 MHz bandwidth span,
compensated by programmable FIR
filter
Deviation from Linear Phase 1 Degrees 450 MHz RF bandwidth
Receiver Bandwidth 450 MHz
Receiver Alias Band 60 dB Due to digital filters
Rejection
Maximum Useable Input PHIGH 0 dB attenuation; increases decibel
Level for decibel with attenuation;
continuous wave corresponds to
−1 dBFS at ADC
−11 dBm 75 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
−9.5 dBm 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−8 dBm 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Integrated Noise −58.5 dBFS 450 MHz integration bandwidth
−57.5 dBFS 491.52 MHz integration bandwidth
Second-Order Input IIP2 62 dBm Maximum observation receiver gain;
Intermodulation PHIGH − 14 dB per tone (see the
Intercept Point Terminology section) 75 MHz < f ≤
600 MHz
62 dBm Maximum observation receiver gain;
PHIGH − 8 dB per tone (see the
Terminology section) 600 MHz < f ≤
3000 MHz
Third-Order Input IIP3
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
Narrow Band 4 dBm 75 MHz < f ≤ 300 MHz; (PHIGH − 14)
dB/tone
11 dBm 300 MHz < f ≤ 600 MHz; (PHIGH − 14)
dB/tone
IM3 product < 130 MHz at baseband;
(PHIGH − 8) dB/tone
12 dBm 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
12 dBm 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
11 dBm 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz

Rev. A | Page 6 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
Wide Band
7 dBm 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
7 dBm 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
6 dBm 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Third-Order Intermodulation IM3 IM3 product < 130 MHz at baseband;
Product two tones, each at (PHIGH − 12) dB
−70 dBc 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
−67 dBc 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−62 dBc 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Fifth-Order Intermodulation IM5 −80 dBc IM5 product < 50 MHz at baseband;
Product (1800 MHz) two tones, each at (PHIGH − 14) dB
Seventh-Order IM7 −80 dBc IM7 product < 50 MHz at baseband;
Intermodulation Product two tones, each at (PHIGH − 14) dB
(1800 MHz)
Spurious-Free Dynamic SFDR 70 dB Non IMx related spurs, does not include
Range HDx; (PHIGH − 11) dB input signal
Harmonic Distortion (PHIGH − 11) dB input signal
Second Order Harmonic HD2 −80 dBc In band HD falls within ±25 MHz
Distortion Product
−80 dBc Out of band HD falls within ±50 MHz
Third-Order Harmonic HD3 −70 dBc In band HD falls within ±25 MHz
Distortion Product
−60 dBc Out of band HD falls within ±50 MHz
Image Rejection QEC active
Within Large Signal 65 dB
Bandwidth
Outside Large Signal 55 dB
Bandwidth
Input Impedance 100 Ω Differential (see Figure 429)
Isolation
65 dB 600 MHz < f ≤5300 MHz
55 dB 5300 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
65 dB 600 MHz < f ≤ 5300 MHz
55 dB 5300 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
RECEIVERS
Center Frequency 75 6000 MHz
Gain Range 30 dB
Analog Gain Step 0.5 dB Attenuator steps from 0 dB to 6 dB
1 dB Attenuator steps from 6 dB to 30 dB
Bandwidth Ripple ±0.5 dB 200 MHz bandwidth, compensated by
programmable FIR filter
±0.2 dB Any 20 MHz bandwidth span,
compensated by programmable FIR
filter
Receiver Bandwidth 200 MHz
Receiver Alias Band 80 dB Due to digital filters
Rejection
Maximum Useable Input PHIGH 0 dB attenuation, increases decibel
Level for decibel with attenuation;
continuous wave = 1800 MHz;
corresponds to −1 dBFS at ADC
−11 dBm 75 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
−10.2 dBm 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−9.5 dBm 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz

Rev. A| Page 7 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
Noise Figure NF 0 dB attenuation, at receiver port
12 dB 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
13 dB 3000 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
15.2 dB 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Ripple 1.8 dB At band edge maximum bandwidth
mode
Input Third-Order Intercept IIP3
Point

Difference Product IIP3, d 12 dBm Two (PHIGH − 12) dB tones near band
edge
Sum Product IIP3, s 12 dBm Two (PHIGH − 6) dB tones, at bandwidth/6
offset from the LO
HD3 HD3 (PHIGH − 6) dB continuous wave tone at
bandwidth/6 offset from the LO
−66 dBc 600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
−62 dBc 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Second-Order Input IIP2 62 dBm 0 dB attenuation, complex
Intermodulation
Intercept Point
Image Rejection 75 dB Quadrature error correction (QEC)
active, within 200 MHz receiver
bandwidth
Input Impedance 100 Ω Differential (see Figure 430)
65 dB 600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
61 dB 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Receiver Band Spurs −95 dBm No more than one spur at this level
Referenced to RF Input per 10 MHz of receiver bandwidth
at Maximum Gain
Receiver LO Leakage at Leakage decreases decibel for decibel
Receiver Input at with attenuation for first 12 dB
Maximum Gain
−70 dBm 600 MHz < f ≤ 3000 MHz
−65 dBm 3000 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
Isolation
65 dB 600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
55 dB 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
65 dB 600 MHz < f ≤ 4800 MHz
55 dB 4800 MHz < f ≤ 6000 MHz
LO SYNTHESIZER
LO Frequency Step 2.3 Hz 1.5 GHz to 2.8 GHz, 76.8 MHz phase
frequency detector (PFD) frequency
LO Spur −85 dBc Excludes integer boundary spurs
Integrated Phase Noise 2 kHz to 18 MHz
1900 MHz LO 0.2 °rms Narrow PLL loop bandwidth (50 kHz)
3800 MHz LO 0.36 °rms Wide PLL loop bandwidth (300 kHz)
5900 MHz LO 0.54 °rms Wide PLL loop bandwidth (300 kHz)

Rev. A | Page 8 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
Spot Phase Noise
1900 MHz LO Narrow PLL loop bandwidth
100 kHz Offset −100 dBc/Hz
200 kHz Offset −115 dBc/Hz
400 kHz Offset −120 dBc/Hz
600 kHz Offset −129 dBc/Hz
800 kHz Offset −132 dBc/Hz
1.2 MHz Offset −135 dBc/Hz
1.8 MHz Offset −140 dBc/Hz
6 MHz Offset −150 dBc/Hz
10 MHz Offset −153 dBc/Hz
3800 MHz LO Wide PLL loop bandwidth
100 kHz Offset −104 dBc/Hz
1.2 MHz Offset −125 dBc/Hz
10 MHz Offset −145 dBc/Hz
5900 MHz LO Wide PLL loop bandwidth
100 kHz Offset −99 dBc/Hz
1.2 MHz Offset −119.7 dBc/Hz
10 MHz Offset −135.4 dBc/Hz
LO PHASE SYNCHRONIZATION
Phase Deviation 1.6 ps/°C Change in LO delay per temperature
change
EXTERNAL LO INPUT
Input Frequency fEXTLO 150 8000 MHz Input frequency must be 2× the
desired LO frequency
Input Signal Power 0 12 dBm 50 Ω matching at the source
3 dBm fEXTLO ≤ 2 GHz; add 0.5 dBm/GHz
above 2 GHz
6 dBm fEXTLO = 8 GHz
External LO Input Signal To ensure adequate QEC
Differential
Phase Error 3.6 ps
Amplitude Error 1 dB
Duty Cycle Error 2 %
Even-Order Harmonics −50 dBc
CLOCK SYNTHESIZER
Integrated Phase Noise 1 kHz to 100 MHz
1966.08 MHz LO 0.4 °rms PLL optimized for close in phase noise
Spot Phase Noise
1966.08 MHz
100 kHz Offset −109 dBc/Hz
1 MHz Offset −129 dBc/Hz
10 MHz Offset −149 dBc/Hz
REFERENCE CLOCK
(REF_CLK_IN)
Frequency Range 10 1000 MHz
Signal Level 0.3 2.0 V p-p AC-coupled, common-mode voltage
(VCM) = 618 mV; for best spurious
performance, use <1 V p-p input clock

Rev. A| Page 9 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
AUXILIARY CONVERTERS
ADC
Resolution 12 Bits
Input Voltage
Minimum 0.05 V
Maximum VDDA_3P3 − V
0.05
DAC
Resolution 10 Bits Includes four offset levels
Output Voltage
Minimum 0.7 V 1 V VREF
Maximum VDDA_3P3 − V 2.5 V VREF
0.3
Output Drive Capability 10 mA
DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS
(CMOS)—SERIAL
PERIPHERAL INTERFACE
(SPI), GPIO_x, TXx_ENABLE,
ORXx_ENABLE
Logic Inputs
Input Voltage
High Level VDD_ VDD_ V
INTERFACE × INTERFACE
0.8
Low Level 0 VDD_ V
INTERFACE
× 0.2
Input Current
High Level −10 +10 μA
Low Level −10 +10 μA
Logic Outputs
Output Voltage
High Level VDD_ V
INTERFACE ×
0.8
Low Level VDD_ V
INTERFACE
× 0.2
Drive Capability 3 mA
DIGITAL SPECFICATIONS
(CMOS)—GPIO_3P3_x
Logic Inputs
Input Voltage
High Level VDDA_3P3 × VDDA_3P3 V
0.8
Low Level 0 VDDA_ V
3P3 × 0.2
Input Current
High Level −10 +10 μA
Low Level −10 +10 μA

Rev. A | Page 10 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
Logic Outputs
Output Voltage
High Level VDDA_ V
3P3 × 0.8
Low Level VDDA_ V
3P3 × 0.2
Drive Capability 4 mA
DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS
(LVDS)
Logic Inputs (SYSREF_IN±,
SYNCINx±)
Input Voltage Range 825 1675 mV Each differential input in the pair
Input Differential −100 +100 mV
Voltage Threshold
Receiver Differential 100 Ω Internal termination enabled
Input Impedance
Logic Outputs (SYNCOUTx±)
Output Voltage
High 1375 mV
Low 1025 mV
Output Differential 225 mV Programmable in 75 mV steps
Voltage
Output Offset Voltage 1200 mV
SPI TIMING
SCLK Period tCP 20 ns
SCLK Pulse Width tMP 10 ns
CS Setup to First SCLK tSC 3 ns
Rising Edge
Last SCLK Falling Edge to tHC 0 ns
CS Hold
SDIO Data Input Setup to tS 2 ns
SCLK
SDIO Data Input Hold to tH 0 ns
SCLK
SCLK Rising Edge to tCO 3 8 ns
Output Data Delay
(3-Wire or 4-Wire Mode)
Bus Turnaround Time, Read tHZM tH tCO ns
After BBP Drives Last
Address Bit
Bus Turnaround Time, Read tHZS 0 tCO ns
After ADRV9009 Drives
Last Data Bit
JESD204B DATA OUTPUT AC-coupled
TIMING
Unit Interval UI 81.38 320 ps
Data Rate per Channel, 3125 12288 Mbps
Nonreturn to Zero (NRZ)
Rise Time tR 24 39.5 ps 20% to 80% in 100 Ω load
Fall Time tF 24 39.4 ps 20% to 80% in 100 Ω load
Output Common-Mode VCM 0 1.8 V AC-coupled
Voltage

Rev. A| Page 11 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Parameter Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
Differential Output Voltage VDIFF 360 600 770 mV
Short-Circuit Current IDSHORT −100 +100 mA
Differential Termination 80 94.2 120 Ω
Impedance
Total Jitter 15.13 ps Bit error rate (BER) = 10−15
Uncorrelated Bounded UBHPJ 0.56 ps
High Probability Jitter
Duty Cycle Distortion DCD 0.369 ps
SYSREF_IN± Setup Time to 2.5 ns See Figure 2
REF_CLK_IN_x
SYSREF_IN± Hold Time to −1.5 ns See Figure 2
REF_CLK_IN_x
Latency tLAT_FRM REF_CLK_IN = 245.76 MHz
116.5 Clock Observation receiver bandwidth =
cycles 450 MHz, IQ rate = 491.52 MHz; lane
rate = 9830.4 MHz, number of
converters (M) = 4, number of lanes
(L) = 2, converter resolution (N) = 16,
number of samples per converter (S) = 1
237.02 ns
89.4 Clock Receiver bandwidth = 200 MHz, IQ
cycles rate = 245.76 MHz; lane rate =
9830.4 MHz, M = 2, L = 2, N = 16, S = 1
364.18 ns
JESD204B DATA INPUT TIMING AC-coupled
Unit Interval UI 81.38 320 ps
Data Rate per Channel (NRZ) 3125 12288 Mbps
Differential Voltage VDIFF 125 750 mV
VTT Source Impedance ZTT 8.9 30 Ω
Differential Impedance ZRDIFF 80 105.1 120 Ω
Termination Voltage VTT
AC-Coupled 1.267 1.33 V
Latency tLAT_DEFRM 74.45 Clock Device clock = 245.76 MHz, transmitter
cycles bandwidth = 200 MHz; IQ rate = 491.52
MHz, lane rate = 9830.4 MHz, M = 2,
L = 2, N = 16, S = 1
153.5 ns
1
VDDA1P3 refers to all analog 1.3 V supplies, including: VDDA1P3_RF_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_BB, VDDA1P3_RX_RF, VDDA1P3_RX_TX, VDDA1P3_RF_VCO_LDO,
VDDA1P3_RF_LO, VDDA1P3_DES, VDDA1P3_SER, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_VCO_LDO, VDDA1P3_AUX_SYNTH, and VDDA1P3_AUX_VCO_LDO.

CURRENT AND POWER CONSUMPTION SPECIFICATIONS


Table 2.
Parameter Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply 1.267 1.3 1.33 V
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply 1.267 1.3 1.33 V
VDDA1P8_TX Supply 1.71 1.8 1.89 V
VDDA1P8_BB Supply 1.71 1.8 1.89 V
VDD_INTERFACE Supply 1.71 1.8 2.625 V CMOS and LVDS supply, 1.8 V to 2.5 V nominal range
VDDA_3P3 Supply 3.135 3.3 3.465 V

Rev. A | Page 12 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Parameter Min Typ Max Unit Test Conditions/Comments
POSITIVE SUPPLY CURRENT LO at 2600 MHz
450 MHz Transmitter Bandwidth, Two transmitters enabled
Observation Receiver Disabled
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply 1520 mA
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply 619 mA Transmitter QEC active
VDDA1P8_TX Supply 455 mA Transmitter RF attenuation = 0 dB, full-scale
continuous wave
135 mA Transmitter RF attenuation = 15 dB, full-scale
continuous wave
VDDA1P8_BB Supply 30 mA
VDD_INTERFACE Supply 8 mA VDD_INTERFACE = 2.5V
VDDA_3P3 Supply 3 mA No AUXDAC_x or AUXADC_x enabled; if enabled,
AUXADC_x adds 2.7 mA and each AUXDAC_x adds
1.5 mA
Total Power Dissipation 3.68 W Typical supply voltages, 0 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
3.11 W Typical supply voltages, 15 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
450 MHz Transmitter Bandwidth, Two transmitters enabled, one ORX enabled
Observation Receiver Enabled
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply 2073 mA
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply 1541 mA Transmitter QEC tracking active, observation receiver
QEC enabled, transmitter LTE20 centered on LO,
observation receiver LTE20 at −16 dBm centered on LO
2100 mA Transmitter two tone = −99 MHz and +100 MHz at
−7 dBFS each, observation receiver one tone = 100 MHz
at −16 dBm.
VDDA1P8_TX Supply 455 mA Transmitter RF attenuation = 0 dB, full-scale
continuous wave
135 mA Transmitter RF attenuation = 15 dB, full-scale
continuous wave
VDDA1P8_BB Supply 63 mA
VDD_INTERFACE Supply 8 mA VDD_INTERFACE = 2.5 V
VDDA_3P3 Power Supply 3 mA No AUXDAC_x or AUXADC_x enabled; if enabled,
AUXADC_x adds 2.7 mA and each AUXDAC_x adds
1.5 mA
Total Power Dissipation 5.66 W Typical supply voltages, 0 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
5.08 W Typical supply voltages, 15 dB transmitter attenuation,
transmitter QEC active
200 MHz Receiver Bandwidth, Two receivers enabled
Observation Receiver Disabled
VDDA1P31 Analog Supply 1645 mA
VDDD1P3_DIG Supply 984 mA Receiver QEC active
VDDA1P8_TX Supply 0.4 mA
VDDA1P8_BB Supply 68 mA
VDD_INTERFACE Supply 8 mA
VDDA_3P3 Supply 3 mA No AUXDAC_x or AUXADC_x enabled; if enabled,
AUXADC_x adds 2.7 mA and each AUXDAC_x adds
1.5 mA
Total Power Dissipation 3.57 W Typical supply voltages, Receiver QEC active
1
VDDA1P3 refers to all analog 1.3 V supplies, including: VDDA1P3_RF_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_BB, VDDA1P3_RX_RF, VDDA1P3_RX_TX, VDDA1P3_RF_VCO_LDO,
VDDA1P3_RF_LO, VDDA1P3_DES, VDDA1P3_SER, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_SYNTH, VDDA1P3_CLOCK_VCO_LDO, VDDA1P3_AUX_SYNTH, and VDDA1P3_AUX_VCO_LDO.

Rev. A| Page 13 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
TIMING DIAGRAMS
AT DEVICE PINS REF_CLK_IN± DELAY AT DEVICE CORE
IN REFERENCE TO SYSREF_IN±
tH tH t’H t’H
tS tS t’S t’S

REF_CLK_IN±

16499-005
tH = –1.5ns CLK DELAY = 2ns t’H = +0.5ns
tS = +2.5ns t’S = +0.5ns

Figure 2. SYSREF_IN± Setup and Hold Timing

tH tH tH tH
tS tS tS tS

REF_CLK_IN±

SYSREF_IN±

16499-006
tH = –1.5ns
VALID SYSREF INVALID SYSREF tS = +2.5ns

Figure 3. SYSREF_IN± Setup and Hold Timing Examples, Relative to Device Clock

SCLK

SDIO

CS tDCH

Tx
ATTENUATION
16499-007

tSCH tACH

Figure 4. Transmitter Attenuation Update via SPI-2 Port

Rev. A | Page 14 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS


Table 3. Because of the power dissipation, the ADRV9009 uses an
Parameter Rating
exposed die package to provide the customer with the most
effective method of controlling the die temperature. The exposed
VDDA1P31 to VSSA −0.3 V to +1.4 V
die allows cooling of the die directly. Figure 5 shows the profile
VDDD1P3_DIG to VSSD −0.3 V to +1.4 V
view of the device mounted to a user printed circuit board (PCB)
VDD_INTERFACE to VSSA −0.3 V to +3.0 V
and a heat sink (typically the aluminum case) to keep the junction
VDDA_3P3 to VSSA −0.3 V to +3.9 V
(exposed die) below the maximum junction temperature shown
VDDA1P8_TX to VSSA −0.3 V to +2.0 V
in Table 3. The device is designed for a lifetime of 10 years when
VDD_INTERFACE Logic Inputs and −0.3 V to VDD_
Outputs to VSSD INTERFACE + 0.3 V operating at the maximum junction temperature.
JESD204B Logic Outputs to VSSA −0.3 V to VDDA1P3_SER THERMAL RESISTANCE
JESD204B Logic Inputs to VSSA −0.3 V to VDDA1P3_DES
θJA is specified for the worst-case conditions, that is, a device
+0.3 V
soldered in a circuit board for surface-mount packages. Thermal
Input Current to Any Pin Except ±10 mA
Supplies resistance data for the ADRV9009 mounted on both a JEDEC
Maximum Input Power into RF Port 23 dBm (peak) 2S2P test board and a 10-layer Analog Devices, Inc., evaluation
Maximum Transmitter Voltage 3:1 board are listed in Table 4. Do not exceed the absolute maximum
Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) junction temperature rating in Table 3. 10-layer PCB entries
Maximum Junction Temperature 110°C refer to the 10-layer Analog Devices evaluation board, which
Storage Temperature Range −65°C to +150°C more accurately reflects the PCB used in customer applications.
1
VDDA1P3 refers to all analog 1.3 V supplies, including: VDDA1P3_RF_SYNTH, Table 4. Thermal Resistance1, 2
VDDA1P3_BB, VDDA1P3_RX_RF, VDDA1P3_RX_TX, VDDA1P3_RF_VCO_LDO,
VDDA1P3_RF_LO, VDDA1P3_DES, VDDA1P3_CLOCK, VDDA1P3_TX_LO_
Package Type θJA θJC_TOP θJB ѰJT ѰJB Unit
BUFFER, and VDDA1P3_CLOCK_SYNTH. BC-196-13 21.1 0.04 4.9 0.3 4.9 °C/W
Stresses at or above those listed under Absolute Maximum 1
For the θJC test, 100 µm thermal interface material (TIM) is used. TIM is
Ratings may cause permanent damage to the product. This is a assumed to have 3.6 thermal conductivity watts/(meter × Kelvin).
2
Using enhanced heat removal techniques such as PCB, heat sink, airflow, and
stress rating only; functional operation of the product at these so on, improves the thermal resistance values.
or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational
section of this specification is not implied. Operation beyond ESD CAUTION
the maximum operating conditions for extended periods may
affect product reliability.
REFLOW PROFILE
The ADRV9009 reflow profile is in accordance with the JEDEC
JESD204B criteria for Pb-free devices. The maximum reflow
temperature is 260°C.
THERMAL MANAGEMENT
The ADRV9009 is a high power device that can dissipate over
3 W depending on the user application and configuration.

CUSTOMER CASE (HEAT SINK)

CUSTOMER THERMAL FILLER

SILICON (DIE)

PACKAGE SUBSTRATE
16499-008

CUSTOMER PCB

Figure 5. Typical Thermal Management Solution

Rev. A| Page 15 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet

PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A VSSA ORX2_IN+ ORX2_IN– VSSA RX2_IN+ RX2_IN– VSSA VSSA RX1_IN+ RX1_IN– VSSA ORX1_IN+ ORX1_IN– VSSA

VDDA1P3_ RF_EXT_ RF_EXT_


B RX_RF VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA LO_I/O– LO_I/O+ VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA

VDDA1P3_
VDDA1P3_ VDDA1P3_ VDDA1P3_ VDDA1P1_ VDDA1P3_ AUX_VCO_
C GPIO_3P3_0 GPIO_3P3_3 RX_TX VSSA RF_VCO_LDO RF_VCO_LDO RF_VCO RF_LO VSSA
LDO
VSSA VDDA_3P3 GPIO_3P3_9 RBIAS

VDDA1P1_
D GPIO_3P3_1 GPIO_3P3_4 VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA AUX_VCO VSSA VSSA GPIO_3P3_8 GPIO_3P3_10

AUX_SYNTH_
E GPIO_3P3_2 GPIO_3P3_5 GPIO_3P3_6 VDDA1P8_BB VDDA1P3_BB VSSA REF_CLK_IN+ REF_CLK_IN– VSSA OUT AUXADC_3 VDDA1P8_TX GPIO_3P3_7 GPIO_3P3_11

F VSSA VSSA AUXADC_0 AUXADC_1 VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA AUXADC_2 VSSA VSSA VSSA

VDDA1P3_ VDDA1P3_ VDDA1P3_ RF_SYNTH_


G VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA CLOCK_ SYNTH VSSA RF_SYNTH AUX_SYNTH VTUNE VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA

H TX2_OUT– VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA VSSA GPIO_12 GPIO_11 VSSA TX1_OUT+

GP_
J TX2_OUT+ VSSA GPIO_18 RESET INTERRUPT TEST GPIO_2 GPIO_1 SDIO SDO GPIO_13 GPIO_10 VSSA TX1_OUT–

K VSSA VSSA SYSREF_IN+ SYSREF_IN– GPIO_5 GPIO_4 GPIO_3 GPIO_0 SCLK CS GPIO_14 GPIO_9 VSSA VSSA

VDDD1P3_ VDDD1P3_
L VSSA VSSA SYNCIN1– SYNCIN1+ GPIO_6 GPIO_7 VSSD DIG DIG VSSD GPIO_15 GPIO_8 SYNCOUT1– SYNCOUT1+

VDDA1P1_ VDD_
M CLOCK_VCO VSSA SYNCIN0– SYNCIN0+ RX1_ENABLE TX1_ENABLE RX2_ENABLE TX2_ENABLE VSSA GPIO_17 GPIO_16 INTERFACE SYNCOUT0– SYNCOUT0+

VDDA1P3_
CLOCK_ VDDA1P3_ VDDA1P3_
N VCO_LDO
VSSA SERDOUT3– SERDOUT3+ SERDOUT2– SERDOUT2+ VSSA SER DES SERDIN1– SERDIN1+ SERDIN0– SERDIN0+ VSSA

AUX_SYNTH_ VDDA1P3_ VDDA1P3_


P VTUNE VSSA VSSA SERDOUT1– SERDOUT1+ SERDOUT0– SERDOUT0+ SER DES VSSA SERDIN3– SERDIN3+ SERDIN2– SERDIN2+
16499-900

ADRV9009
Figure 6. Pin Configuration

Table 5. Pin Function Descriptions


Pin No. Type Mnemonic Description
A1, A4, A7, A8, A11, A14, B2 to Input VSSA Analog Supply Voltage (VSS).
B6, B9 to B14, C4, C9, C11,
D3 to D9, D11, D12, E6, E9,
F1, F2, F5 to F10, F12 to
F14, G1 to G4, G6, G10 to
G14, H2 to H10, H13, J2,
J13, K1, K2, K13, K14, L1, L2,
M2, M9, N2, N7, N14, P2,
P3, P10
A2, A3 Input ORX2_IN+, ORX2_IN− Differential Input for Observation Receiver 2. When unused, connect
these pins to ground.
A5, A6 Input RX2_IN+, RX2_IN− Differential Input for Main Receiver 2. When unused, connect these
pins to ground.
A9, A10 Input RX1_IN+, RX1_IN− Differential Input for Main Receiver 1. When unused, connect these
pins to ground.

Rev. A | Page 16 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Pin No. Type Mnemonic Description
A12, A13 Input ORX1_IN+, ORX1_IN− Differential Input for Observation Receiver 1. When unused, connect
these pins to ground.
B1 Input VDDA1P3_RX_RF Observation Receiver Supply.
B7, B8 Input RF_EXT_LO_I/O−, Differential External LO Input/Output. If these pins are used for the
RF_EXT_LO_I/O+, external LO, the input frequency must be 2× the desired carrier
frequency. When unused, do not connect these pins.
C1 Input/ GPIO_3P3_0 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternate function is AUXDAC_4.
output Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must
be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or this pin can be left
floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
C2 Input/ GPIO_3P3_3 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. Because this pin contains an input
output stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin
can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against
misconfiguration), or these pins can be left floating, programmed as
outputs, and driven low.
C13 Input/ GPIO_3P3_9 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_9. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
D1 Input/ GPIO_3P3_1 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_5. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
D2 Input/ GPIO_3P3_4 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_6. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
D13 Input/ GPIO_3P3_8 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_1. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
D14 Input/ GPIO_3P3_10 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_0. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
E1 Input/ GPIO_3P3_2 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. Because this pin contains an input
output stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this
pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against
misconfiguration), or these pins can be left floating, programmed as
outputs, and driven low.
E2 Input/ GPIO_3P3_5 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_7. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
E3 Input/ GPIO_3P3_6 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_8. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
E13 Input/ GPIO_3P3_7 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_2. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
Rev. A| Page 17 of 128
ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Pin No. Type Mnemonic Description
E14 Input/ GPIO_3P3_11 GPIO Pin Referenced to 3.3 V Supply. The alternative function is
output AUXDAC_3. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on
the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to
ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or
these pins can be left floating, programmed as outputs, and driven low.
C3 Input VDDA1P3_RX_TX 1.3 V Supply for Transmitter/Receiver Baseband Circuits, Transimpedance
Amplifier (TIA), Transmitter Transconductance (GM), Baseband Filters,
and Auxiliary DACs.
C5, C6 Input VDDA1P3_RF_VCO_LDO RF VCO LDO Supply Inputs. Connect Pin C5 to Pin C6. Use a separate
trace on the PCB back to a common supply point.
C7 Input VDDA1P1_RF_VCO 1.1 V VCO Supply. Decouple this pin with 1 µF.
C8 Input VDDA1P3_RF_LO 1.3 V LO Generator for the RF Synthesizer. This pin is sensitive to
supply noise.
C10 Input VDDA1P3_AUX_VCO_LDO 1.3 V Supply.
C12 Input VDDA_3P3 General-Purpose Output Pull-Up Voltage and Auxiliary DAC Supply
Voltage.
C14 Input/ RBIAS Bias Resistor. Tie this pin to ground using a 14.3 kΩ resistor. This pin
output generates an internal current based on an external 1% resistor.
D10 Input VDDA1P1_AUX_VCO 1.1 V VCO Supply. Decouple this pin with 1 µF.
E4 Input VDDA1P8_BB 1.8 V Supply for the ADC and DAC.
E5 Input VDDA1P3_BB 1.3 V Supply for the ADC, DAC, and AUXADC.
E7, E8 Input REF_CLK_IN+, Device Clock Differential Input.
REF_CLK_IN−
E10 Output AUX_SYNTH_OUT Auxiliary PLL Output. When unused, do not connect this pin.
E12 Input VDDA1P8_TX 1.8 V Supply for Transmitter.
F3, F4, F11, E11 Input AUXADC_0 to AUXADC_3 Auxiliary ADC Input. When unused, connect these pins to ground with a
pull-down resistor, or connect directly to ground.
G5 Input VDDA1P3_CLOCK_SYNTH 1.3 V Supply Input for Clock Synthesizer. Use a separate trace on the
PCB back to a common supply point.
G7 Input VDDA1P3_RF_SYNTH 1.3 V RF Synthesizer Supply Input. This pin is sensitive to supply noise.
G8 Input VDDA1P3_AUX_SYNTH 1.3 V Auxiliary Synthesizer Supply Input.
G9 Output RF_SYNTH_VTUNE RF Synthesizer VTUNE Output.
H11 Input/ GPIO_12 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
H12 Input/ GPIO_11 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
J11 Input/ GPIO_13 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
J12 Input/ GPIO_10 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
J3 Input/ GPIO_18 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The joint test action group (JTAG) function is
output TCLK. Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin
must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground
through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be
left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
J7 Input/ GPIO_2 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 0.
output Because this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must
be controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.

Rev. A | Page 18 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Pin No. Type Mnemonic Description
J8 Input/ GPIO_1 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 0. Because
output this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be
controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
K5 Input/ GPIO_5 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TDO. Because this pin
output contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled.
When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to
safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
K6 Input/ GPIO_4 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TRST. Because this pin
output contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled.
When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to
safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
K7 Input/ GPIO_3 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 1. Because
output this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be
controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
K8 Input/ GPIO_0 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The user sets the JTAG function to 1. Because
output this pin contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be
controlled. When unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a
resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating,
programmed as output, and driven low.
K11 Input/ GPIO_14 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
K12 Input/ GPIO_9 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
L5 Input/ GPIO_6 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TDI. Because this pin
output contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When
unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard
against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating, programmed as
output, and driven low.
L6 Input/ GPIO_7 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. The JTAG function is TMS. Because this pin
output contains an input stage, the voltage on the pin must be controlled. When
unused, this pin can be tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard
against misconfiguration), or it can be left floating, programmed as
output, and driven low.
L11 Input/ GPIO_15 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
L12 Input/ GPIO_8 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
M10 Input/ GPIO_17 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
M11 Input/ GPIO_16 Digital GPIO, 1.8 V to 2.5 V. Because this pin contains an input stage, the
output voltage on the pin must be controlled. When unused, this pin can be
tied to ground through a resistor (to safeguard against misconfiguration),
or it can be left floating, programmed as output, and driven low.
H14, J14 Output TX1_OUT+, TX1_OUT− Transmitter 1 Output. When unused, do not connect these pins.
H1, J1 Output TX2_OUT−, TX2_OUT+ Transmitter 2 Output. When unused, do not connect these pins.
Rev. A| Page 19 of 128
ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Pin No. Type Mnemonic Description
J4 Input RESET Active Low Chip Reset.
J5 Output GP_INTERRUPT General-Purpose Digital Interrupt Output Signal. When unused, do
not connect this pin.
J6 Input TEST Pin Used for JTAG Boundary Scan. When unused, connect this pin to
ground.
J9 Input/ SDIO Serial Data Input in 4-Wire Mode or Input/Output in 3-Wire Mode.
output
J10 Output SDO Serial Data Output. In SPI 3-wire mode, do not connect this pin.
K3, K4 Input SYSREF_IN+, SYSREF_IN− LVDS Input.
K9 Input SCLK Serial Data Bus Clock.
K10 Input CS Serial Data Bus Chip Select, Active Low.
L3, L4 Input SYNCIN1−, SYNCIN1+ LVDS Input. These pins form the sync signal associated with receiver
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, connect these
pins to ground with a pull-down resistor, or connect these pins directly to
ground.
L7, L10 Input VSSD Digital VSS.
L8, L9 Input VDDD1P3_DIG 1.3 V Digital Core. Connect Pin L8 and Pin L9 together. Use a wide
trace to connect to a separate power supply domain.
L13, L14 Output SYNCOUT1−, SYNCOUT1+ LVDS Output. These pins form the sync signal associated with transmitter
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, do not connect
these pins.
M1 Input VDDA1P1_CLOCK_VCO 1.1 V VCO Supply. Decouple this pin with 1 µF.
M3, M4 Input SYNCIN0−, SYNCIN0+ LVDS Input. These pins form the sync signal associated with receiver
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, connect these
pins to ground with a pull-down resistor, or connect these pins directly to
ground.
M5 Input RX1_ENABLE Receiver 1 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground with a
pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
M6 Input TX1_ENABLE Transmitter 1 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground
with a pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
M7 Input RX2_ENABLE Receiver 2 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground with a
pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
M8 Input TX2_ENABLE Transmitter 2 Enable Pin. When unused, connect this pin to ground
with a pull-down resistor, or connect this pin directly to ground.
M12 Input VDD_INTERFACE Input/Output Interface Supply, 1.8 V to 2.5 V.
M13, M14 Output SYNCOUT0− , SYNCOUT0+ LVDS Output. These pins form the sync signal associated with transmitter
channel data on the JESD204B interface. When unused, do not connect
these pins.
N1 Input VDDA1P3_CLOCK_ 1.3 V Use Separate Trace to Common Supply Point.
VCO_LDO
N3, N4 Output SERDOUT3−, SERDOUT3+ RF Current Mode Logic (CML) Differential Output 3. When unused, do
not connect these pins.
N5, N6 Output SERDOUT2−, SERDOUT2+ RF CML Differential Output 2. When unused, do not connect these pins.
N8, P8 Input VDDA1P3_SER 1.3 V Supply for JESD204B Serializer.
N9, P9 Input VDDA1P3_DES 1.3 V Supply for JESD204B Deserializer.
N10, N11 Input SERDIN1−, SERDIN1+ RF CML Differential Input 1. When unused, do not connect these pins.
N13, N12 Input SERDIN0+, SERDIN0− RF CML Differential Input 0. When unused, do not connect these pins.
P1 Output AUX_SYNTH_VTUNE Auxiliary Synthesizer VTUNE Output.
P4, P5 Output SERDOUT1−, SERDOUT1+, RF CML Differential Output 1. When unused, do not connect these
pins.
P6, P7 Output SERDOUT0−, RF CML Differential Output 0. When unused, do not connect these
SERDOUT0+, pins.
P11, P12 Input SERDIN3−, SERDIN3+ RF CML Differential Input 3. When unused, do not connect these pins.
P13, P14 Input SERDIN2−, SERDIN2+ RF CML Differential Input 2. When unused, do not connect these pins.

Rev. A | Page 20 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS


The temperature settings refer to the die temperature
75 MHz TO 525 MHz BAND
15 0
14
TRANSMITTER CW OUTPUT POWER (dBm)

–10

TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)


13
+110°C ATTN = 20dB +25°C ATTN = 20dB –40°C ATTN = 20dB
12 –20
+110°C ATTN = 15dB +25°C ATTN = 15dB –40°C ATTN = 15dB
+110°C ATTN = 10dB +25°C ATTN = 10dB –40°C ATTN = 10dB
11 –30 +110°C ATTN = 5dB +25°C ATTN = 5dB –40°C ATTN = 5dB
10 +110°C ATTN = 0dB +25°C ATTN = 0dB –40°C ATTN = 0dB
–40
9
8 –50
7 –60
6 Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C –70
5
Tx1 = –40°C
4 –80
Tx2 = +110°C
3 Tx2 = +25°C
–90
2 Tx2 = –40°C
1 –100
0 –110
75 125 175 225 275 325 375 425 475 525 16499-510 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5 5 10 15 20 25

16499-512
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) 300
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 7. Transmitter Continuous Wave Output Power vs. Transmitter LO Figure 9. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Frequency, Transmitter QEC and External LO Leakage Active, Transmitter Baseband Offset Frequency and Transmitter Attenuation; QEC Trained with
50 MHz/100 MHz Bandwidth Mode, IQ Rate = 122.88 MHz, Attenuation = Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz, 48 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total
0 dB. Not Deembedded Combined Power = −10 dBFS; Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off);
Continuous Wave Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 300 MHz

0 0

–10
TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

+110°C ATTN = 20dB +25°C ATTN = 20dB –40°C ATTN = 20dB –10 +110°C ATTN = 20dB +25°C ATTN = 20dB –40°C ATTN = 20dB
–20 +110°C ATTN = 15dB +25°C ATTN = 15dB –40°C ATTN = 15dB +110°C ATTN = 15dB +25°C ATTN = 15dB –40°C ATTN = 15dB
+110°C ATTN = 10dB +25°C ATTN = 10dB –40°C ATTN = 10dB +110°C ATTN = 10dB +25°C ATTN = 10dB –40°C ATTN = 10dB
–30 +110°C ATTN = 5dB +25°C ATTN = 5dB –40°C ATTN = 5dB +110°C ATTN = 5dB +25°C ATTN = 5dB –40°C ATTN = 5dB
+110°C ATTN = 0dB +25°C ATTN = 0dB –40°C ATTN = 0dB –30 +110°C ATTN = 0dB +25°C ATTN = 0dB –40°C ATTN = 0dB
–40

–50 –50

–60
–70
–70

–80
–90
–90

–100 –110
–25 –20 –15 –10 –5
5 10 15 20 25 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5 5 10 15 20 25
16499-511

16499-513
75.2 525
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (MHz)

Figure 8. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs. Figure 10. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Baseband Offset Frequency and Transmitter Attenuation QEC Trained with Baseband Offset Frequency and Transmitter Attenuation; QEC Trained with
Three Tones Placed At 10 MHz, 48 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On); Total Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz, 48 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On); Total
Combined Power = −10 dBFS; Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off); Combined Power = −10 dBFS; Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off);
Continuous Wave Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth; LO = 75 MHz Continuous Wave Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth; LO = 525 MHz

Rev. A| Page 21 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0.5 0
Tx1 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER PASS BAND FLATNESS (dB)

0.4 10
Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C 20 Tx1 – Tx2

TRANSMITTER TO TRANSMITTER
0.3 Tx2 = +110°C Tx2 – Tx1
Tx2 = +25°C 30
0.2 Tx2 = –40°C
40

ISOLATION (dB)
0.1 50

0 60

–0.1 70
80
–0.2
90
–0.3
100
–0.4 110

–0.5 120

16499-517
16499-514
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 11. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency, Off Figure 14. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency,
Chip Match Response Deembedded, LO = 300 MHz, Calibrated at 25°C Temperature = 25°C
–75 –140
525MHz = +110°C
–77 300MHz = +110°C
75MHz = +110°C
TRANSMITTER LO LEAKAGE (dBFS)

–145

TRANSMITTER NOISE (dBm/Hz)


–79 525MHz = +25°C
300MHz = +25°C
–81 75MHz = +25°C
–150 525MHz = –40°C
–83 300MHz = –40°C
75MHz = –40°C
–85 –155

–87
Tx1 = +110°C –160
–89 Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
–91 Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C –165
–93 Tx2 = –40°C

–95 –170

16499-518
16499-515

75 125 175 225 275 325 375 425 475 525 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20


TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 12. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency, Figure 15. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting, 50 MHz
Transmitter Attenuation = 0 dB, Baseband Tone Frequency = 10 MHz, Offset
Tracked
–40
0
TRANSMITTER TO RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)

Tx1 +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)


Tx1 +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNEL

–45
20 Tx1 – Rx1 Tx1 +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)
Tx1 – Rx2 Tx1 +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 – Rx1 Tx1 –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)

–50
40 Tx2 – Rx2 Tx1 –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)

–55
60

–60
80

–65
100

–70
120

140 –75
16499-516

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20


16499-519

RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)


SIGNAL OFFSET 0MHz

Figure 13. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Figure 16. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Temperature = 25°C Attenuation Setting, Signal Offset = 0 MHz, LO = 75 MHz, LTE20 Peak to
Average Ratio (PAR) = 12 dB, DAC Boost Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side,
Performance Limited by Spectrum Analyzer at Higher Attenuation Settings

Rev. A | Page 22 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
–40 50
Tx1 +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)
45
Tx1 +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNEL

–45 +110°C

TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)


Tx1 +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 +25°C (LOWER) +25°C
40
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 +25°C (UPPER) –40°C
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)

–50 35
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
30
–55
25
–60 20

15
–65
10
–70
5

–75 0

16499-523
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

16499-520
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 0MHz

Figure 17. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter Figure 20. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting,
Attenuation Setting, LO = 300 MHz, LTE20 PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost Normal, LO = 300 MHz, Total Root Mean Square (RMS) Power = −12 dBFS,
Upper Side and Lower Side, Performance Limited by Spectrum Analyzer at 20 MHz/25 MHz Tones
Higher Attenuation Settings

–40 50

Tx1 +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 +110°C (LOWER) 45


Tx1 +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 +110°C (UPPER) +110°C
TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNEL

–45

TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)


Tx1 +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 +25°C (LOWER) 40 +25°C
Tx1 +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 +25°C (UPPER) –40°C
Tx1 –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)

–50 35
Tx1 –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
30
–55
25

–60 20

15
–65
10
–70
5

16499-524
–75
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
16499-521

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)


TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 0MHz

Figure 18. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter Figure 21. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting,
Attenuation Setting, LO = 525 MHz, LTE20 PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost Normal, Upper LO = 525 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, 20 MHz/25 MHz Tones
Side and Lower Side, Performance Limited by Spectrum Analyzer at Higher
Attenuation Settings

50 50

45 45
+110°C
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

40 +25°C 40
–40°C
35 35

30 30

25 25

20 20

15 15 Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
10 10 Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
5 5 Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0 0
16499-522

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 5 10 15 20
16499-525

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) 10 15 20 25


BASEBAND FREQUENC OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 19. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting, Figure 22. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass Band,
LO = 75 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, 20 MHz/25 MHz Tones LO = 75 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, 4 dB Transmitter Attenuation

Rev. A| Page 23 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
50 0
+110°C = (UPPER)
45 +110°C = (HD2)
–20 +25°C = (UPPER)
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

40 +25°C = (HD2)

TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)


–40°C = (UPPER)
35 –40°C = (HD2)
–40
30

25 –60

20
–80
15 Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
10 Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C –100
5 Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0 –120

16499-529
5 10 15 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

16499-526
10 15 20 25 TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 23. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, LO = Figure 26. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuation} Baseband
300 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, 4 dB Transmitter Attenuation Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 300 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS

50 0
+110°C = (UPPER)
45 +110°C = (HD2)
–20 +25°C = (UPPER)
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

40 +25°C = (HD2)
35 TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc) –40°C = (UPPER)
–40 –40°C = (HD2)

30

25 –60

20
–80
15 Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
10 Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C –100
5 Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0 –120

16499-530
5 10 15 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
16499-527

10 15 20 25 TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)


BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 24. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, LO = Figure 27. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
525 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, 4 dB Transmitter Attenuation Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 525 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS

0 0
+110°C = (UPPER)
–10 Tx1 = +110°C
+110°C = (HD2)
–20 +25°C = (UPPER) Tx1 = +25°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C
+25°C = (HD2)
Tx2 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)
TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)

–40°C = (UPPER) –30 Tx2 = +25°C


–40 –40°C = (HD2)
Tx2 = –40°C
–40

–60 –50

–60

–80 –70

–80
–100
–90

–100
–120
16499-531

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
16499-528

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 25. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband Figure 28. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting,
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 75 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS LO = 75 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz

Rev. A | Page 24 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 0

APPEARS ON SAME SIDE AS DESIRED SIGNAL


–10 –10
Tx1 = +110°C Tx1 = +110°C
–20 Tx1 = +25°C –20 Tx1 = +25°C

TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE (dBc)


Tx1 = –40°C Tx1 = –40°C
–30 Tx2 = +110°C –30 Tx2 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)

Tx2 = +25°C Tx2 = +25°C


–40 –40 Tx2 = –40°C
Tx2 = –40°C
–50 –50

–60 –60

–70 –70
–80
–80
–90
–90
–100
–100
–110
–110
–120

16499-535
–120 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

16499-532
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 29. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting, Figure 32. Transmitter HD3 Image, Appears on Same Sideband as Desired
LO = 300 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz Signal vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting, LO = 300 MHz,
Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS
0 0

APPEARS ON SAME SIDE AS DESIRED SIGNAL


–10 –10
Tx1 = +110°C Tx1 = +110°C
–20 Tx1 = +25°C –20 Tx1 = +25°C

TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE (dBc)


Tx1 = –40°C Tx1 = –40°C
–30
–30 Tx2 = +110°C Tx2 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)

Tx2 = +25°C –40 Tx2 = +25°C


–40 Tx2 = –40°C Tx2 = –40°C
–50
–50
–60
–60
–70
–70 –80
–80 –90
–90 –100

–100 –110

–110 –120
–130

16499-536
–120 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
16499-533

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 30. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting, Figure 33. Transmitter HD3 Image on Same Side as Desired Signal vs.
LO = 525 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz Transmitter AttenuationSetting, LO = 525 MHz,
Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS
0 0.03
APPEARS ON SAME SIDE AS DESIRED SIGNAL

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)

–10
Tx1 = +110°C
–20 Tx1 = +25°C +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE (dBc)

Tx1 = –40°C +25°C


0.02
–30 Tx2 = +110°C –40°C
Tx2 = +25°C
–40 Tx2 = –40°C
–50 0.01

–60
–70
0
–80
–90
–0.01
–100
–110
–120 –0.02
16499-534

16499-537

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 31. Transmitter HD3 Image on Same Side as Desired Signal vs. Figure 34. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuation
Transmitter Attenuation Setting, LO = 75 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS Setting, LO = 75 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, Backoff = 15 dBFS

Rev. A| Page 25 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0.03 –30
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)

–32 +110°C
+110°C
+25°C +25°C
0.02 –34 –40°C
–40°C

TRANSMITTER EVM (dB)


–36

0.01 –38

–40

0 –42

–44

–0.01 –46

–48

–0.02 –50

16499-538

16499-541
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 5 10 15 20 25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 35. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuation Figure 38. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, 20 MHz LTE Signal
Setting, LO = 300 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, Backoff = 15 dBFS Centered on DC, LO = 300 MHz

0.03 –30
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)

–32 +110°C
+110°C
+25°C
+25°C –34
0.02 –40°C
–40°C

TRANSMITTER EVM (dB)


–36

0.01 –38

–40

0 –42

–44

–0.01 –46

–48

–0.02 –50
16499-539

16499-542
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 5 10 15 20 25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 36. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuation Figure 39. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, 20 MHz LTE Signal
Setting, LO = 525 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, Backoff = 15 dBFS Centered on DC, LO = 525 MHz
–30 0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

–32 +110°C –10 +110°C


+25°C +25°C
–34 –40°C –20 –40°C
TRANSMITTER EVM (dB)

–36 –30

–38 –40

–40 –50

–42 –60

–44 –70

–46 –80

–48 –90

–50 –100
16499-543
16499-540

0 5 10 15 20 25 75 125 175 225 275 325 375 425 475 525


TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dB) LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 37. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, 20 MHz LTE Signal Figure 40. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. LO Frequency, 75 MHz,
Centered on DC, LO = 75 MHz 300 MHz, 525 MHz; Attenuation = 0 dB

Rev. A | Page 26 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
25 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dBm)

SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)


75

20

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,


70

65

15 60

55

10 +110°C 50 IIP2 SUM +110°C


+25°C IIP2 SUM +25°C
–40°C 45 IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
5 40 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
35

0 30

16499-544
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
81 86 91 96 101 106 111 116 121

16499-547
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 41. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver Figure 44. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Attenuator Setting, 75 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−25 dBm Each, LO = 75 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB

25 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dBm)

SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)


75

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,


20
70

65
15

60

10 +110°C IIP2 SUM +110°C


+25°C 55 IIP2 SUM +25°C
–40°C IIP2 SUM –40°C
50 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
5 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
45

0 40
16499-545

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355
306 311 316 321 326 331 336 341 346 351 356

16499-548
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 42. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver Figure 45. Observation Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Attenuator Setting, LO = 300 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth Offset Frequency Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−25 dBm Each, LO = 300 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB

25 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dBm)

SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)

75
20
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,

70

15 65

60

10 +110°C IIP2 SUM +110°C


+25°C 55 IIP2 SUM +25°C
–40°C IIP2 SUM –40°C
50 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
5 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
45

0 40
16499-546

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 530 535 540 545 550 555 560 565 570 575 380
531 536 541 546 551 556 561 566 571 576 381
16499-549

OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)


f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 43. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver Figure 46. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Attenuator Setting, LO = 525 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−25 dBm Each, LO = 525 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB

Rev. A| Page 27 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
100 80
IIP2 SUM +110°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)


SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)

95 IIP2 SUM +25°C


IIP2 SUM –40°C 70
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,

90
IIP2 DIFF +25°C 60
85 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
50
80

75 40

70
30
65 IIP2 SUM +110°C
20 IIP2 SUM +25°C
60 IIP2 SUM –40°C
10 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
55 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
50 0

16499-550
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 77 77 77 77 77 77
82 87 92 97 102 107

16499-553
ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMOD FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 47. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. Figure 50. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermod Frequency, LO =
Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Tone 1 = 95 MHz, Tone 2 = 96 MHz at −25 dBm Plus 75 MHz, Tone 1 = 77 MHz, Tone 2 is Swept, −25 dBm Each, Attenuation = 0 dB
Attenuation

100 80
IIP2 SUM +110°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)


IIP2 SUM +25°C
SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)

95
IIP2 SUM –40°C 70
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,

90
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C 60
85

80 50

75 40

70 IIP2 SUM +110°C


30 IIP2 SUM +25°C
65 IIP2 SUM –40°C
20 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
60 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
55 10

50 0
16499-551

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302
307 312 317 322 327 332 337 342 347 352 357

16499-554
ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMOD FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 48. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. Figure 51. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermod Frequency, LO =
Attenuation. LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 320 MHz, Tone 2 = 321 MHz at 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 302 MHz; Tone 2 = Swept, −25 dBm Each,
−25 dBm Plus Attenuation Attenuation = 0 dB
95 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

IIP2 SUM +110°C


SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)

90 IIP2 SUM +25°C 70


IIP2 SUM –40°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,

85 IIP2 DIFF +110°C 60


IIP2 DIFF +25°C
80 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
50
75
40
70
IIP2 SUM +110°C
30 IIP2 SUM +25°C
65 IIP2 SUM –40°C
20 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
60 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
10
55

50 0
16499-552

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527 527
532 542 547 552 557 562 567 572 577 582
16499-555

ATTENUATION (dB) INTERMOD FREQUENCY

Figure 49. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. Figure 52. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermod Frequency,
Attenuation, LO = 525 MHz, Tone 1 = 545 MHz, Tone 2 = 546 MHz at −25 dBm LO = 525 MHz, Tone 1 = 527 MHz, Tone 2 = Swept, −25 dBm Each,
Plus Attenuation Attenuation = 0 dB

Rev. A | Page 28 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
90 10

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)


OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

IIP2 SUM +110°C


9 ORx1 = +110°C
85 IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C ORx1 = +25°C
8 ORx1 = –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
80
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
7
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
75
6

70 5

4
65
3
60
2
55 1

50 0

16499-556
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130
81 86 91 96 101 106 111 116 121 126 131

16499-559
ATTENUATION (dB) INTERMOD FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 53. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Figure 56. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermod Frequency,
Tone 1 = 77 MHz, Tone 2 = 97 MHz at −25 dBm Plus Attenuation LO = 75 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated By 1 MHz Swept Across Pass
Band at −25 dBm Each
90 25
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)


85 ORx1 = +110°C
ORx1 = +25°C
20 ORx1 = –40°C
80

75
15

70

65 IIP2 SUM +110°C 10


IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
60 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C 5
55 IIP2 DIFF –40°C

50 0
16499-557

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355
306 311 316 321 326 331 336 341 346 351 356

16499-560
ATTENUATION (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 54. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Figure 57. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2 f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, LO =
Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Tone 2 = 322 MHz at −25 dBm Plus Attenuation 300 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated By 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band
at −25 dBm Each
90 25
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

85 IIP3 = +110°C
IIP3 = +25°C
20 IIP3 = –40°C
80

75
15

70

65 IIP2 SUM +110°C 10


IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
60 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C 5
55 IIP2 DIFF –40°C

50 0
16499-561
16499-558

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 2 4 6 8 10
ATTENUATION (dB) ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 55. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 525 MHz, Tone Figure 58. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2 f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz,
1 = 527 MHz, Tone 2 = 547 MHz at −25 dBm Plus Attenuation Tone 1 = 100 MHz, Tone 2 = 101 MHz at −24 dBm Plus Attenuation

Rev. A| Page 29 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
25

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)


–70
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

IIP3 = +110°C –75


IIP3 = +25°C
20 IIP3 = –40°C
–80

–85
15
–90

–95
10
–100 +110°C = 10dB
+25°C = 10dB
–105 –40°C = 10dB
5 +110°C = 0dB
–110 +25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 0dB
–115
0

16499-562
–120

16499-565
0 2 4 6 8 10
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50
ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) AND ATTENUATION

Figure 59. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Figure 62. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency
Tone 1 = 345 MHz, Tone 2 = 346 MHz at − 24 dBm Plus Attenuation Offset and Attenuation, Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band,
LO = 75 MHz

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)


18 –70
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

16 ORx1 = +110°C –75


ORx1 = +25°C
14 ORx1 = –40°C –80

12 –85

–90
10
–95
8
–100
6 +110°C = 10dB
–105 +25°C = 10dB
4 –40°C = 10dB
–110 +110°C = 0dB
2 +25°C = 0dB
–115 –40°C = 0dB
0 –120

16499-566
302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 302 –50 –40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50
307 312 317 322 327 332 337 342 347 352 357
16499-563

TONE 2 = TONE 1 + 1MHz SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) AND ATTENUATION
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION = 0

Figure 60. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2vs. f1 Offset Frequency, Figure 63. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency
LO = 300 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Offset and Attenuation, Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band,
Across Pass Band at −19 dBm Each LO = 300 MHz

22 20
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

+110°C
20 IIP3 = +110°C 18 +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

IIP3 = +25°C
–40°C
IIP3 = –40°C
18 16

16 14

14 12

12 10

10 8

8 6

0 4
16499-564

16499-567

0 2 4 6 8 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ATTENUATION (dB) OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 61. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Figure 64. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Tone 2 = 352 MHz at −19 dBm Plus Attenuation LO = 75 MHz

Rev. A | Page 30 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
20 0.5
+110°C +110°C
0.4
18 +25°C +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

–40°C –40°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN


0.3
16
0.2

STEP ERROR (dB)


14
0.1

12 0

–0.1
10
–0.2
8
–0.3
6 –0.4

4 –0.5

16499-571
16499-568
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB) OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR (dB)

Figure 65. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation, Figure 68. Observation Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Observation
LO = 300 MHz Receiver Attenuator, LO = 525 MHz

0.5 0.5
0.4
+110°C

NORMALIZED OBSERVATION RECEIVER


0.4
+25°C 0.3
–40°C 0.2
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN

0.3

BASEBAND FLATNESS (dB)


0.1
0.2 0
STEP ERROR (dB)

0.1 –0.1
–0.2
0 –0.3
–0.4 I RIPPLE = +110°C
–0.1
–0.5 I RIPPLE = +25°C
–0.2 I RIPPLE = –40°C
–0.6
Q RIPPLE = +110°C
–0.7 Q RIPPLE = +25°C
–0.3
–0.8 Q RIPPLE = –40°C
–0.4 –0.9
–1.0
–0.5
0.998

5.006

9.014

12.982

17.002

21.002

25.006

29.006

32.986

37.006

41.014

45.002

48.998

53.046

56.998
16499-569

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

16499-572
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR (dB)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 66. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver Figure 69. Normalized Observation Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband
Attenuator, LO = 75 MHz Offset Frequency, LO = 75 MHz, 0 dB Attenuation

0.5 0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

0.4 +110°C +110°C


+25°C +25°C
–40°C –20 –40°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN

0.3

0.2
STEP ERROR (dB)

–40
0.1

0 –60

–0.1
–80
–0.2

–0.3
–100
–0.4

–0.5 –120
16499-570

16499-573

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 5 10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR (dB) ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 67. Observation Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Observation Figure 70. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation,
Receiver Attenuator, LO = 325 MHz LO = 75 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 50 MHz

Rev. A| Page 31 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 –10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

+110°C HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C


+25°C HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
–30

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3 (dBc)


–20 –40°C HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
–50 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–40

–70
–60
–90

–80
–110

–100
–130

–120

16499-574
–150
0 5 10 –50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50

16499-577
ATTENUATION (dB) 75
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO
Figure 71. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation, Figure 74. Observation Receiver HD3 Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from
LO = 325 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 50 MHz LO, Tone Level −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 75 MHz
0 –10
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)

HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +110°C –30

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3 (dBc)


–20 HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +25°C HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
–50 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–40 HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 –40°C –70
–60 HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 –40°C –90
–80
–110

–100
–130

–120
16499-575

–50 –30 –10 10 30 50 –150


–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50

16499-578
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) 300
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO
Figure 72. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation, Figure 75. Observation Receiver HD3 Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from
LO = 75 MHz, Tone Level = −21 dBm Plus Attenuation LO, Tone Level −22 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 300 MHz
0 –10
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +110°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)

HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +110°C –30


OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3 (dBc)

–20 HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C


HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 +25°C –50
–40 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 0 –40°C –70
–60 HD2 RIGHT ATTN = 10 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 0 –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTN = 10 –40°C –90
–80
–110

–100
–130

–120
16499-576

–50 –30 –10 10 30 50 –150


–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50
16499-579

OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) 525


FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO
Figure 73. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation, Figure 76. Observation Receiver HD3 Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from
LO = 300 MHz, Tone Level = −22 dBm Plus Attenuation LO, Tone Level −22 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 525 MHz

Rev. A | Page 32 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 45
Tx1 TO ORx1
10
Tx2 TO ORx1 40
20 Tx1 TO ORx2 +110°C
TRANSMITTER TO OBSERVATION

Tx2 TO ORx2 +25°C

RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


30 35
RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)

–40°C
40
50 30

60
25
70
80 20
90
15
100
110 10
120
5
130
140

16499-580
0

16499-583
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
LO FREQUENCY (MHz) RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 77. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency, Figure 80. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, 300 MHz LO, 50 MHz
Temperature = 25°C Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, 1 MHz to 25 MHz Integration Bandwidth

0 45

–10 40
+110°C
+25°C
+110°C
RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

–20

RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


–40°C 35 +25°C
–40°C
–30
30
–40
25
–50
20
–60

–70 15

–80 10

–90
5
16499-581

–100
0

16499-584
75 125 175 225 275 325 375 425 475 525
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 78. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency, 75 MHz, 300 MHz, Figure 81. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 525 MHz,
525 MHz, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, Integration
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS Bandwidth =1 MHz to 25 MHz
45 20

18
40
+110°C +110°C
16
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

+25°C +25°C
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

35 –40°C –40°C
14
30
12
25 10

20 8

15 6

4
10
2
5
16499-585

0
0 75 175 275 375 475
16499-582

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)


RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 79. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Figure 82. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Receiver
Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, 1 MHz to 25 MHz Integration Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS,
Bandwidth Integration Bandwidth = ±25 MHz

Rev. A| Page 33 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
25 20
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

+110°C
18 +25°C
20

RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


–40°C

16
15

14

10
+110°C
12
+25°C
–40°C
5
10

16499-586

16499-589
0 8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 –25 –15 –5 5 15 25
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (75MHz)

Figure 83. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, Figure 86. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth = 75 MHz LO = 75 MHz
25 20
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

+110°C
18 +25°C
20

RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


–40°C

16
15

14

10
+110°C
12
+25°C
–40°C
5
10
16499-587

16499-590
8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 –25 –15 –5 5 15 25
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (300MHz)
Figure 84. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, Figure 87. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
300 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth LO = 300 MHz
25 20
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

+110°C
18 +25°C
20
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

–40°C

16
15

14

10
+110°C
12
+25°C
–40°C
5
10
16499-588

0
16499-591

8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 –25 –15 –5 5 15 25
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (525MHz)
Figure 85. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, Figure 88. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
525 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth LO = 525 MHz

Rev. A | Page 34 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
100 80

95
75
90
70
RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)

RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)


85
65
80

75 60
+110°C (SUM)
70
55 +25°C (SUM)
+110°C (SUM) –40°C (SUM)
65 +25°C (SUM) +110°C (DIFF)
–40°C (SUM) 50 +25°C (DIFF)
60 +110°C (DIFF) –40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (DIFF) 45
55 –40°C (DIFF)

50 40

16499-592
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 305.0 307.5 310.0 312.5 315.0 317.5 320.0 322.5 325.0 327.5
306.0 308.5 311.0 313.5 316.0 318.5 321.0 323.5 326.0 328.5

16499-595
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB) 300
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 89. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Figure 92. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth, Receiver
Tones Placed at 82.5 MHz and 83.5 MHz, −23.5 dBm Plus Attenuation Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 300 MHz, 10 Tone Pairs, −23.5 dBm Each

45 110
Rx1 (SUM) = +110°C
40 Rx1 (DIFF) = +110°C
+110°C 100 Rx1 (SUM) = +25°C
+25°C
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

35 Rx1 (DIFF) = +25°C


–40°C Rx1 (SUM) = –40°C

RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)


Rx1 (DIFF) = –40°C
30 90

25
80
20

15 70 Rx2 (SUM) = +110°C


Rx2 (DIFF) = +110°C
Rx2 (SUM) = +25°C
10
Rx2 (DIFF) = +25°C
60 Rx2 (SUM) = –40°C
5 Rx2 (DIFF) = –40°C

0
16499-583

50

16499-596
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 90. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, 300 MHz LO, Tones Placed Figure 93. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation,
at 310 MHz and 311 MHz, −23.5 dBm Plus Attenuation LO = 75 MHz, Tones Placed at 77 MHz and 97 MHz, −23.5 dBm Plus Attenuation
80 80
Rx1 (SUM) = +110°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = +110°C
75 75 Rx1 (SUM) = +25°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = +25°C
70 70 Rx1 (SUM) = –40°C
Rx1 (DIFF) = –40°C
RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)

RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)

65 65

60 60
+110°C (SUM)
55 +25°C (SUM) 55
–40°C (SUM)
Rx2 (SUM) = +110°C
+110°C (DIFF)
50 50 Rx2 (DIFF) = +110°C
+25°C (DIFF)
Rx2 (SUM) = +25°C
–40°C (DIFF)
Rx2 (DIFF) = +25°C
45 45 Rx2 (SUM) = –40°C
Rx2 (DIFF) = –40°C
40 40
80.0 82.5 87.5 90.0
92.5 95.0 97.5 100.0 102.5 79.5 82.0 84.5 87.0 89.5 92.0 94.5 97.0 99.5
16499-597

81.0 83.5 88.5 91.0


93.5 96.0 98.5 101.0 103.5
16499-594

77.0 77.0 77.0 77.0 77.0 77.0 77.0 77.0 77.0


75
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 91. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth, Receiver Figure 94. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth, 0 dB Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 75 MHz, 10 Tone Pairs, −23.5 dBm Each Attenuation, LO = 75 MHz, Tone 1 = 77 MHz, Tone 2 Swept,
−23.5 dBm Each

Rev. A| Page 35 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
50 25

45

40 20
RECEIVER INPUT IP3 (dBm)

RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)


35

30 15

25

20 10 Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C Rx1 = +25°C
15 Rx1 = –40°C Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C Rx2 = +110°C
10 5 Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C Rx2 = –40°C
5
0
0
302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0 302.0

16499-598

16499-601
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 304.5 307.0 309.5 312.0 314.5 317.0 319.5 322.0 324.5 327.0
ATTENUATION (dB) SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 95. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 325 MHz, Figure 98. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth, 0 dB Receiver Attenuation,
Tone 2 = 326 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation 300 MHz LO, Tone 1 = 302MHz, Tone 2 Swept Across Pass Band,
−19 dBm Each
25 –10

–20
+110°C
20 –30 +25°C
RECEIVER INPUT IP3 (dBm)

–40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)
–40

15 –50

–60

10 Rx1 = +110°C –70


Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C –80
Rx2 = +110°C
5 Rx2 = +25°C –90
Rx2 = –40°C
–100

0 –110

16499-602
305.0 307.5 310.0 312.5 315.0 317.5 320.0 322.5 325.0 327.5 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5 0 5 10 15 20 25
16499-599

306.0 308.5 311.0 313.5 316.0 318.5 321.0 323.5 326.0 328.5 BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 96. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, Figure 99. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 300 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm Each, Swept Across Pass Band Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 75 MHz
50 –10

45 –20
+110°C
40 –30 +25°C
–40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

–40
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

35

30 –50

25 –60

20 –70
Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C
15 –80
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
–90
10 Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C –100
5
–110
16499-603

0 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5 0 5 10 15 20 25


16499-600

0 5 10 20 25 30 35
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET
ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 97. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 300 MHz, Tone 1 = 302 MHz, Figure 100. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Tone 2 = 322 MHz, −19 dBm Plus Attenuation Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 300 MHz

Rev. A | Page 36 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
–10 25

–20
+110°C 20 +110°C
–30 +25°C +25°C
–40°C 15 –40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

–40

RECEIVER GAIN (dB)


10
–50

–60 5

–70
0
–80
–5
–90

–100 –10

–110 –15

16499-604

16499-607
–25 –20 –15 –10 –5 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 101. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Figure 104. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuation Setting, RF Bandwidth =
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 75 MHz
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 525 MHz

0 25

20 +110°C
–20 +110°C
+25°C +25°C
–40°C 15 –40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

RECEIVER GAIN (dB)


–40
10

–60 5

0
–80

–5
–100
–10

–120 –15
16499-605

16499-608
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 102. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, Figure 105. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuation Setting,
RF Bandwidth = 25 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 325 MHz
61.44 MSPS, LO = 75 MHz, Baseband Frequency = 25 MHz

0 25

+110°C 20 +110°C
–20
+25°C +25°C
–40°C 15 –40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

–40
10

–60 5

0
–80

–5
–100
–10

–120 –15
16499-606

16499-609

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 103. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, Figure 106. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuation Setting,
RF Bandwidth = 25 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 525 MHz
Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS, LO = 32 5MHz, Baseband Frequency = 25 MHz

Rev. A| Page 37 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0.5
24
0.4
+110°C +110°C

RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dB)


22 +25°C 0.3 +25°C
–40°C –40°C
RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

20 0.2

0.1
18
0

16 –0.1

–0.2
14
–0.3
12
–0.4

10 –0.5

16499-610

16499-613
75 125 175 225 275 320 375 425 475 525 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30
LO FREQUENCY (MHz) RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 107. Receiver Gain vs. LO Frequency, Figure 110. Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator
RF Bandwidth = 50 MHz, Sample Rate = 61.44 MSPS Setting, LO = 525 MHz
0.5 0.5
0.4
0.4
+110°C 0.3
RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dB)

0.3 +25°C 0.2

BASEBAND FLATNESS (dB)


–40°C

NORMALIZED RECEIVER
0.1
0.2
0
0.1 –0.1
–0.2
0
–0.3
–0.1 –0.4 I RIPPLE = +110°C
–0.5 I RIPPLE = +25°C
–0.2 I RIPPLE = –40°C
–0.6
Q RIPPLE = +110°C
–0.3 –0.7 Q RIPPLE = +25°C
–0.8 Q RIPPLE = –40°C
–0.4 –0.9
–1.0
–0.5
0.998

3.998

6.998

9.998

12.982

15.986

18.994

22.006

25.006

27.998
16499-611

0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30

16499-614
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 108. Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Figure 111. Normalized Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband Frequency
Setting, LO = 75 MHz (Receiver Flatness), LO = 75 MHz
0.5 –50

0.4
+110°C +110°C
RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dB)

–60
0.3 +25°C +25°C
RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

–40°C –40°C
0.2
–70
0.1

0 –80

–0.1
–90
–0.2

–0.3
–100
–0.4

–0.5 –110
16499-612

16499-615

0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 75 125 175 225 275 325 375 425 475 525


RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 109. Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Figure 112. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver LO Frequency
Setting, LO = 325 MHz

Rev. A | Page 38 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
–70 –30
ATTN = 15 +110°C
–40
–75 ATTN = 15 +25°C
+110°C ATTN = 15 –40°C
–30
+25°C ATTN = 0 +110°C
RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

–40°C

RECEIVER HD2 LEFT (dBc)


–80 –50 ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
–50
–85
–70
–90 –70
–90
–95
–90
–100 –110
–110
–105
–130
–110 –150

16499-619
16499-616
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)

Figure 113. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, Figure 116. Receiver HD2 Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and
LO = 75MHz Attenuation, Tone Level −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0, X-Axis is Baseband
Frequency Offset of Fundamental Tone, Not Frequency of HD2 Product (HD2
Product is 2× Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 300 MHz

–70 –30
ATTN = 15 +110°C
–40
–75 ATTN = 15 +25°C
+110°C ATTN = 15 –40°C
–30
+25°C ATTN = 0 +110°C
RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

–40°C

RECEIVER HD2 LEFT (dBc)


–80 –50 ATTN = 0 +25°C
ATTN = 0 –40°C
–50
–85
–70
–90 –70
–90
–95
–90
–100 –110
–110
–105
–130
–110
16499-617

–150

16499-620
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)

Figure 114. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting), LO = 525 MHz Figure 117. Receiver HD2 Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and
Attenuation, Tone Level −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0, X-Axis is Baseband
Frequency Offset of Fundamental Tone, Not Frequency of HD2 Product (HD2
Product is 2× Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 525 MHz

–30 –10
ATTN = 15 +110°C +110°C Rx2 (RIGHT) +110°C Rx2 (LEFT)
–40 +110°C Rx1 (RIGHT) +110°C Rx1 (LEFT)
ATTN = 15 +25°C
RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)

ATTN = 15 –40°C –30 +25°C Rx2 (RIGHT) +25°C Rx2 (LEFT)


–30
ATTN = 0 +110°C +25°C Rx1 (RIGHT) +25°C Rx1 (LEFT)
RECEIVER HD2 LEFT (dBc)

–50 ATTN = 0 +25°C –40°C Rx2 (RIGHT) –40°C Rx2 (LEFT)


–50 –40°C Rx1 (RIGHT) –40°C Rx1 (LEFT)
ATTN = 0 –40°C
–50
–70 –70
–70
–90
–90
–90
–110
–110
–110 –130
–130
–150 –150
16499-618

16499-621

–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5


5 10 15 20 25
75
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz) FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO AND ATTENUATION (MHz)

Figure 115. Receiver HD2 Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and Figure 118. Receiver HD3 Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −21 dBm at Attenuation = 0, X-Axis is Baseband Attenuation, Tone Level = −16 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 75 MHz
Frequency Offset of Fundamental Tone, Not Frequency of HD2 Product (HD2
Product is 2× Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 75MHz

Rev. A| Page 39 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
–10 0
+110°C Rx2 (RIGHT) +110°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+110°C Rx1 (RIGHT) +110°C Rx1 (LEFT) –5
RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)

–30 +25°C Rx2 (RIGHT) +25°C Rx2 (LEFT) +110°C


+25°C Rx1 (RIGHT) +25°C Rx1 (LEFT) –10 +25°C
–40°C Rx2 (RIGHT) –40°C Rx2 (LEFT) –40°C
–50 –40°C Rx1 (RIGHT) –40°C Rx1 (LEFT) –15

RECEIVER EVM (dB)


–20
–70
–25
–90
–30

–110 –35

–40
–130
–45

–150 –50

16499-625
16499-622
–25 –20 –15 –10 –5
5 10 15 20 25 –65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5
300
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz) LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)

Figure 119. Receiver HD3 Left and Right vs. Attenuation, Tone Level = Figure 122. Receiver EVM vs. RF Input Power, LTE20 RF Signal,
−17 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 300 MHz LO = 300 MHz, Default AGC Settings

–10 0
+110°C Rx2 (RIGHT) +110°C Rx2 (LEFT)
+110°C Rx1 (RIGHT) +110°C Rx1 (LEFT) –5
RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)

–30 +25°C Rx2 (RIGHT) +25°C Rx2 (LEFT) +110°C


+25°C Rx1 (RIGHT) +25°C Rx1 (LEFT) –10 +25°C
–40°C Rx2 (RIGHT) –40°C Rx2 (LEFT) –40°C
–50 –40°C Rx1 (RIGHT) –40°C Rx1 (LEFT)
RECEIVER EVM (dB)
–15

–20
–70
–25
–90
–30

–110 –35

–40
–130
–45

–150 –50

16499-626
16499-623

–25 –20 –15 –10 –5


5 10 15 20 25 –65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5
525
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz) LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)

Figure 120. Receiver HD3 Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone Figure 123. Receiver EVM vs. RF Input Power,
Level = −17 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 525 MHz LTE20 RF Signal, LO = 525 MHz, Default AGC Settings

0 0
RECEIVER TO RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)

–5 10
+110°C Rx1 TO Rx2
–10 +25°C 20 Rx2 TO Rx1
–40°C
–15 30
RECEIVER EVM (dB)

–20 40

–25 50

–30 60

–35 70

–40 80

–45 90

100
16499-627

–50
16499-624

–65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)

Figure 121. Receiver EVM vs. RF Input Power, LTE20 RF Signal, LO = 75 MHz, Figure 124. Receiver to Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
Default AGC Settings Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz

Rev. A | Page 40 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
50 60
60 70

70 80

80 90
LO PHASE NOISE (dB)

LO PHASE NOISE (dB)


90 100

100 110
110 120

120 130

130 140
140 150

150 160

160 170
170 180

16499-628

16499-630
10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M 10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M
FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 125. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 75 MHz, RMS Phase Figure 127. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 525 MHz, RMS Phase
Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, PLL Loop Bandwidth = 300 kHz Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, PLL Loop Bandwidth = 300 kHz

50
60

70

80
LO PHASE NOISE (dB)

90
100
110

120
130
140

150

160
170
16499-629

10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M


FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 126. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 300 MHz, RMS Phase
Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, PLL Loop Bandwidth = 300 kHz

Rev. A| Page 41 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
650 MHz TO 3000 MHz BAND
0 1.0
Tx1 = +110°C

TRANSMITTER PASS BAND FLATNESS (dB)


–0.25 0.8 Tx1 = +25°C
TRANSMITTER MATCHING CIRCUIT (dB)

–0.50 Tx1 = –40°C


0.6 Tx2 = +110°C
–0.75 Tx2 = +25°C
0.4 Tx2 = –40°C
–1.00
0.2
–1.25
–1.50 0

–1.75 –0.2
–2.00
–0.4
–2.25
–0.6
–2.50
–0.8
–2.75
–3.00 –1.0

16499-634
600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

2200

2400

2600

2800

3000
–225 –175 –125 –75 –25 25 75 125 175 225

16499-631
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 128. Transmitter Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO Frequency Figure 131. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
(Can Be Used for Deembedding Performance Data) LO = 2600 MHz

14 –70
Tx1 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER CW OUTPUT POWER (dBm)

13 –72 +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C +25°C
TRANSMITTER LO LEAKAGE (dBFS)
Tx1 = –40°C –40°C
12 –74
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
11 Tx2 = –40°C –76

10 –78

9 –80

8 –82

7 –84

6 –86

5 –88

4 –90

16499-635
16499-632

650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 129. Transmitter Continuous Wave Output Power vs. Transmitter Figure 132. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Baseband LO Frequency,
Frequency, Transmitter QEC and External LO Leakage Active, Transmitter in Transmitter Attenuation = 0 dB
200 MHz/450 MHz Bandwidth Mode, IQ Rate = 491.52 MHz, 0 dB
Attenuation (Not Deembedded)
0 0
TRANSMITTER TO RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)

+110°C ATTN=25 –40°C ATTN=25 Tx2 TO Rx2 = +110°C Tx2 TO Rx2 = –40°C
–10
TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

+110°C ATTN=20 –40°C ATTN=20 Tx2 TO Rx1 = +110°C Tx2 TO Rx1 = –40°C
+110°C ATTN=15 –40°C ATTN=15 20 Tx1 TO Rx2 = +110°C Tx1 TO Rx2 = –40°C
–20 +110°C ATTN=10 –40°C ATTN=10 Tx1 TO Rx1 = +110°C Tx1 TO Rx1 = –40°C
+110°C ATTN=5 –40°C ATTN=5 Tx2 TO Rx2 = +25°C
–30 +110°C ATTN=0 –40°C ATTN=0 Tx2 TO Rx1 = +25°C
40
+25°C ATTN=25 Tx1 TO Rx2 = +25°C
–40 +25°C ATTN=20 Tx1 TO Rx1 = +25°C
+25°C ATTN=15
–50 +25°C ATTN=10 60
+25°C ATTN=5
–60 +25°C ATTN=0
80
–70

–80 100
–90
120
16499-636

–100
16499-633

–100 –50 0 50 100 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850

BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz) RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 130. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs. Figure 133. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency
Offset Frequency and Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones Placed at
10 MHz, 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined Power =
−6 dBFS, Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), Continuous Wave
Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth

Rev. A | Page 42 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 –40

Tx1 +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)

TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNEL


20 Tx1 – Tx2 –45 Tx1 +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)
TRANSMITTER TO TRANSMITTER

Tx2 – Tx1 Tx1 +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)


Tx1 +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)

LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)


–50 Tx1 –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
40
ISOLATION (dB)

Tx1 –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)

–55
60

–60
80
–65

100
–70

120

16499-637
600 1000 1400 1800 2200 2600 3000 –75
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) 1850

16499-640
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 90MHz

Figure 134. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Transmitter LO Figure 137. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Frequency, Temperature = 25°C Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset = 90 MHz, LO = 1850 MHz, LTE20 MHz
PAR = 12 dB, Upper Side and Lower Side
–145 –40

Tx1 +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 +110°C (LOWER)


–45 Tx1 +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 +110°C (UPPER)

ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER (dBc)


–150
TRANSMITTER NOISE (dBm/Hz)

Tx1 +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 +25°C (LOWER)


Tx1 +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 +25°C (UPPER)
–50 Tx1 –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)
–155 Tx1 –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)

–55
–160
–60
–165
–65

–170 2600MHz = +110°C 2600MHz = +25°C 2600MHz = –40°C


1800MHz = +110°C 1800MHz = +25°C 1800MHz = –40°C –70
650MHz = +110°C 650MHz = +25°C 650MHz = –40°C

–175
16499-638

–75
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) 2850

16499-641
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 90MHz

Figure 135. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Figure 138. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset = 90 MHz, LO = 2850 MHz, LTE20 MHz
PAR = 12 dB, Upper Side and Lower Side
–40 35

Tx1 +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 +110°C (LOWER) +110°C


30
TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNEL

–45 Tx1 +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 +110°C (UPPER) +25°C


Tx1 +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 +25°C (LOWER) –40°C
TRANSMITTER OIP3, RIGHT OR

Tx1 +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 +25°C (UPPER) 25


UPPER SIDE BAND (dBm)
LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)

–50 Tx1 –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 –40°C (LOWER)


Tx1 –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 –40°C (UPPER)
20
–55
15
–60
10

–65
5

–70
0

–75 –5
16499-642

0 2 4 6 10 128 14 16 18 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
650
16499-639

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)


TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
SIGNAL OFFSET 90MHz

Figure 136. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter Figure 139. Transmitter OIP3, Right or Upper Sideband Response vs.
Attenuator Setting, Signal Offset 90 MHz, LO = 650 MHz, LTE20 PAR = 12 dB, Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 850 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone
Upper Side and Lower Side

Rev. A| Page 43 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
40 45

35 +110°C 40
+25°C

TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)


TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

30 –40°C
35
25
30
20
25
15
20
10 Tx1 = +110°C
15 Tx1 = +25°C
5 Tx1 = –40°C
10 Tx2 = +110°C
0 Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
5
–5

–10 0

16499-643
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 85 90 95

16499-646
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 95 100
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) 1850
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND (MHz)

Figure 140. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LO = 1850 MHz, Figure 143. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass
15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone Band, LO = 1850 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone

40 40

35 +110°C
35
+25°C

TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)


TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

–40°C
30
30

25
25
20
20
15
15 Tx1 = +110°C
10 Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C
10 Tx2 = +110°C
5 Tx2 = +25°C
5 Tx2 = –40°C
0

–5 0
16499-644

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 85 90 95

16499-647
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 95 100
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) 2850
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND (MHz)

Figure 141. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = Figure 144. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass
2650 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone Band, LO = 2850 MHz,15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone

45 0
+110°C = (UPPER)
40 +110°C = (HD2)
–20
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

+25°C = (UPPER)
35 +25°C = (HD2)
TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)

–40°C = (UPPER)
30 –40 –40°C = (HD2)

25
–60
20
Tx1 = +110°C
15 Tx1 = +25°C –80
Tx1 = –40°C
10 Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C –100
5

0 –120
16499-648

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 85 90 95 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
16499-645

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 95 100
850 TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND (MHz)

Figure 142. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass Figure 145. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting (MHz),
Band, LO = 850 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff per Tone Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 1850 MHz, 15 dB Digital Backoff

Rev. A | Page 44 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 0

APPEARS ON SAME SIDE AS DESIRED SIGNAL


–10 Tx1 = +110°C Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = –40°C –20 Tx1 = –40°C

TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE (dBc)


–20
Tx2 = +110°C Tx2 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)

Tx2 = +25°C Tx2 = +25°C


–30
Tx2 = –40°C –40 Tx2 = –40°C
–40

–50 –60

–60
–80
–70

–80
–100
–90

–100 –120

16499-649

16499-652
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
650 1850
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 146. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Figure 149. Transmitter HD3 on Same Sideband as Desired Signal vs.
LO = 650 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 1850 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB

0 0.025

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)


–10 Tx1 = +110°C +110°C
0.020
Tx1 = +25°C +25°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C
0.015 –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)

Tx2 = +25°C
–30 0.010
Tx2 = –40°C
–40 0.005

–50 0

–60 –0.005

–70 –0.010

–80 –0.015
–90 –0.020
–100 –0.025

16499-653
16499-650

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
1850
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 147. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Figure 150. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
LO = 1850 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB Setting, LO = 650 MHz

0 0

–10 Tx1 = +110°C


–10
Tx1 = +25°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C
–20
Tx2 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)

Tx2 = +25°C
–30 –30
Tx2 = –40°C
–40 –40
(dB)

–50 –50

–60 –60

–70 –70

–80 –80

–90 –90
16499-654

–100 –100
16499-651

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 CENTER 650.0MHz SPAN 1.000GHz


2850 #RES BW 1.0MHz #VBW 1.0kHz SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 148. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Figure 151. Transmitter Output Spurious, Transmitter 1 = 650 MHz, 5 MHz
LO = 2850 MHz, Digital Backoff = 15 dB LTE, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS = −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C

Rev. A| Page 45 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 0

–10 –10

–20 –20

–30 –30

–40 –40
(dB)

(dB)
–50 –50

–60 –60

–70 –70

–80 –80

–90 –90

16499-655

16499-658
–100 –100
CENTER 650.0MHz SPAN 1.000GHz CENTER 650.0MHz SPAN 1.000GHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz #VBW 1.0kHz SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts) #RES BW 1.0MHz #VBW 1.0kHz SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)

Figure 152. Transmitter Output Spurious, Transmitter 2 = 650 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Figure 155. Transmitter Output Spurious, Transmitter 1 = 2850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz,
Offset = 10 MHz, RMS −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C Offset = 10 MHz, RMS −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C

0 0

–10 –10

–20 –20

–30 –30

–40 –40
(dB)

(dB)

–50 –50
–60
–60
–70
–70
–80
–80
–90
–90
16499-656

–100

16499-659
CENTER 650.0MHz SPAN 1.000GHz –100
#RES BW 1.0MHz #VBW 1.0kHz SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts) CENTER 650.0MHz SPAN 1.000GHz
#RES BW 1.0MHz #VBW 1.0kHz SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)

Figure 153. Transmitter Output Spurious, Transmitter 1 = 1850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Figure 156. Transmitter Output Spurious, Transmitter 2 = 2850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz,
Offset = 10 MHz, RMS −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C Offset = 10 MHz, RMS −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C

0 0

–10 –0.25
OBSERVATION RECEIVER MATCHING

–0.50
–20
–0.75
CIRCUIT PATH LOSS (dB)

–30
–1.00
–40 –1.25
(dB)

–50 –1.50

–60 –1.75
–2.00
–70
–2.25
–80
–2.50
–90 –2.75
16499-657

–100 –3.00
600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

2200

2400

2600

2800

3000

CENTER 650.0MHz SPAN 1.000GHz


16499-660

#RES BW 1.0MHz #VBW 1.0kHz SWEEP 1.007s (3001pts)

LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 154. Transmitter Output Spurious, Transmitter 2 = 1850 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Figure 157. Observation Receiver Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. Frequency,
Offset = 10 MHz, RMS −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C Can Be Used for Deembedding Performance Data

Rev. A | Page 46 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

–10 +110°C
+25°C 75

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)


–20 –40°C
70
–30

–40
65

–50 60

–60
55
–70
IIP2 SUM +110°C
50 IIP2 SUM +25°C
–80
IIP2 SUM –40°C
45 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
–90
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
–100 40

16499-661
650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850 1806 1826 1846 1866 1886 1906 1926 1946 1966 1986 2006 2026 2046 2066

16499-664
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) 1805 1825 1845 1865 1885 1905 1925 1945 1965 1985 2005 2025 2045 2065
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 158. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency, Figure 161. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−19 dBm Each, 1800 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB

80

24 75

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)


OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dBm)

23 +110°C
+25°C 70
22 –40°C
65
21

20 60

19 55

18 IIP2 SUM +110°C


50 IIP2 SUM +25°C
17 IIP2 SUM –40°C
45 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
16 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
15 40

16499-665
2856 2876 2896 2916 2936 2956 2976 2996 3016 3036 3056 3076 3096 3116
14 2855 2875 2895 2915 2935 2955 2975 2995 3015 3035 3055 3075 3095 3115
16499-662

650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850 SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 159. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver LO Figure 162. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
Frequency, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
−19 dBm Each, 2850 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB

80
75
75
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)

70 70

65
65
60

55
60
IIP2 SUM +110°C
50 IIP2 SUM +25°C INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C 55 INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
45
IIP2 DIFF +25°C INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
40 INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
656 676 696 716 736 756 776 796 806 826 846 866 886 906 50
16499-663

16499-666

655 675 695 715 735 755 775 795 805 825 845 865 885 905 0 2 4 6 8 10
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz) ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 160. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1 Figure 163. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at Attenuation, Tone 1 at 1845 MHz, Tone 2 at 1846 MHz at −19 dBm Plus
−19 dBm Each, 650 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz

Rev. A| Page 47 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
80 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)


70
75

60
70
50

40 65

30 IIP2 SUM +110°C 60


IIP2 SUM +25°C IIP2 SUM +110°C
20 IIP2 SUM –40°C IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C 55
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
10 IIP2 DIFF –40°C IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0 50

16499-670
0 2 4 6 8 10

16499-667
662 682 702 722 742 762 782 802 822 842 862 882 902
ATTENUATION (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 164. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency, LO = Figure 167. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
650 MHz, Tone 1 = 652 MHz, Tone 2 Swept at −19 dBm Each, Attenuation = 0 dB LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = 1902 MHz at −19 dBm
Plus Attenuation

80 25

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)


OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

ORx1 = +110°C
70
ORx1 = +25°C
20 ORx1 = –40°C
60

50 15

40

10
30
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
20
IIP2 SUM –40°C 5
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
10 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
0 0
656 676 696 716 736 756 776 796 816 836 856 875 895 915 935
1812

1832

1852

1872

1892

1912

1932

1952

1972

1992

2012

2032

2052

16499-671
16499-668

655 675 695 715 735 755 775 795 815 835 855 876 896 916 936
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 165. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency, LO = Figure 168. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, 650 MHz,
1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept at −19 dBm Each, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
Attenuation = 0 dB −19 dBm Each

80 25
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

ORx1 = +110°C
70
ORx1 = +25°C
20 ORx1 = –40°C
60

50 15

40
10
30
IIP2 SUM +110°C
20 IIP2 SUM +25°C 5
IIP2 SUM –40°C
10 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C 0
0 1805 1825 1845 1865 1885 1905 1925 1945 1965 1985 2005 2025 2045
2862

2882

2902

2922

2942

2962

2982

3002

3022

3042

3062

3082

3102

1806 1826 1846 1866 1886 1906 1926 1946 1966 1986 2006 2026 2046
16499-669

16499-672

f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)


f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 166. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency, Figure 169. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, 1800 MHz,
LO = 2850 MHz, Tone 1 = 2852 MHz, Tone 2 Swept at −19 dBm Each, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at
Attenuation = 0 dB −19 dBm Each

Rev. A | Page 48 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
25 25

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)


OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

ORx1 = +110°C ORx1 = +110°C


ORx1 = +25°C ORx1 = +25°C
20 ORx1 = –40°C 20 ORx1 = –40°C
ORx2 = +110°C
ORx2 = +25°C
ORx2 = –40°C
15 15

10 10

5 5

0 0

16499-676
2855 2885 2915 2945 2975 3005 3035 3065 3095 1812 1842 1872 1902 1932 1962 1992 2022 2052

16499-673
2856 2886 2916 2946 2976 3006 3036 3066 3096 INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 170. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, Figure 173. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation
LO = 2850 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Frequency, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept at −19 dBm Each
Pass Band at −19 dBm Each

24 30

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)


OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

22 ORx1 = +110°C
25 ORx1 = +25°C
20 ORx1 = –40°C
ORx2 = +110°C
ORx2 = +25°C
18 20 ORx2 = –40°C

16
15
14

12 10
IIP3 = +110°C
10 IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C 5
8

6 0

16499-677
16499-674

0 2 4 6 8 10 2862 2892 2922 2952 2982 3012 3042 3072 3102


ATTENUATION (dB) INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 171. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, Figure 174. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation
LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1895 MHz, Tone 2 = 1896 MHz at −19 dBm Plus Frequency, LO = 2850 MHz, Tone 1 = 2852 MHz, Tone 2 Swept at −19 dBm Each
Attenuation

25 24
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

ORx1 = +110°C 22
ORx1 = +25°C
20 ORx1 = –40°C 20
ORx2 = +110°C
ORx2 = +25°C
18
ORx2 = –40°C
15
16

14
10
12
IIP3 = +110°C
10 IIP3 = +25°C
5
IIP3 = –40°C
8

0 6
16499-678
16499-675

662 692 722 752 782 812 842 872 902 0 2 4 6 8 10


INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz) ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 172. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Figure 175. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
Frequency, LO = 650 MHz, Tone 1 = 652 MHz, Tone 2 Swept at −19 dBm Each LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 = 1922 MHz at −19 dBm
Plus Attenuation

Rev. A| Page 49 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 18
+110°C = 11.5dB +110°C
+110°C = 0dB +25°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dB)


–20 +25°C = 11.5dB 16 –40°C
ORX IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 11.5dB
–40 –40°C = 0dB 14

–60 12

–80 10

–100 8

–120 6

16499-682
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-679
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 176. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Figure 179. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 650 MHz LO = 650 MHz
0 18
+110°C = 11.5dB +110°C
+110°C = 0dB +25°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dB)


–20 +25°C = 11.5dB 16 –40°C
ORX IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 11.5dB
–40 –40°C = 0dB 14

–60 12

–80 10

–100 8

–120 6

16499-683
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
16499-680

OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)


BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 177. Observation Reciever Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Figure 180. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 1850 MHz LO = 1800 MHz

0 18
+110°C = 11.5dB +110°C
+110°C = 0dB +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

–20 +25°C = 11.5dB 16 –40°C


ORX IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

+25°C = 0dB
–40°C = 11.5dB
–40 –40°C = 0dB 14

–60 12

–80 10

–100 8

–120 6
16499-684

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125

200

0
150
175

225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-681

OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)


BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 178. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Figure 181. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 2850 MHz LO = 2800 MHz

Rev. A | Page 50 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0.5 0
TRANSMITTER PASSBAND FLATNESS (dB)

+110°C –10 +110°C = 0 (RIGHT) +25°C = 0 (LEFT)


0.4
+25°C +110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) +25°C = 11.5 (LEFT)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)


–40°C +110°C = 0 (LEFT) –40°C = 0 (RIGHT)
0.3 –20
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT) –40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0 (RIGHT) –40°C = 0 (LEFT)
0.2 –30
+25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) –40°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
0.1 –40

0 –50

–0.1 –60

–0.2 –70

–0.3 –80

–0.4 –90

–0.5 –100

16499-685

16499-688
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 –100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 182. Observation Receiver Attenuator Step Accuracy, LO = 2600 MHz Figure 185. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 650 MHz Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation

0.5 0

0.4 +110°C +110°C = 0 (RIGHT) +25°C = 0 (LEFT)


+25°C +110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) +25°C = 11.5 (LEFT)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)


–20 +110°C = 0 (LEFT) –40°C = 0 (RIGHT)
0.3 –40°C
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT) –40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
PASSBAND FLATNESS (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER

+25°C = 0 (RIGHT) –40°C = 0 (LEFT)


0.2
–40 +25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) –40°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
0.1

0 –60

–0.1
–80
–0.2

–0.3
–100
–0.4

–0.5 –120

16499-689
–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-686

OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)


BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 183. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness, LO = 1800 MHz Figure 186. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 1850 MHz Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation

0 0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

+110°C HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +110°C


+25°C HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 11.0dB, +110°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)

–20 –20 HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +110°C


–40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, +110°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +25°C
–40 HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, +25°C
–40 HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 0dB, +25°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, +25°C
HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 0dB, –40°C
–60
–60 HD2 RIGHT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 0dB, –40°C
HD2 LEFT ATTENUATION = 11.5dB, –40°C
–80
–80

–100
–100

–120
16499-068

–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100


–120
16499-687

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)


ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 184. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation, LO = 1850 MHz Figure 187. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency and Attenuation,
LO = 2850 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation

Rev. A| Page 51 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 0
+110°C RIGHT = 11.5dBc +25°C LEFT = 11.5dBc
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
+110°C RIGHT = 0dBc +25°C LEFT = 0dBc
–10 HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C –10
+110°C LEFT = 11.5dBc –40°C RIGHT = 11.5dBc
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3 (dBc)

HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C +110°C LEFT = 0dBc –40°C RIGHT = 0dBc

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3,


–20 HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C –20 +25°C RIGHT = 11.5dBc –40°C LEFT = 11.5dBc
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C +25°C RIGHT = 0dBc –40°C LEFT = 0dBc

LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)


–30 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C –30

–40 –40

–50 –50

–60 –60

–70 –70

–80 –80

–90 –90

–100 –100
–100 –75 –50 –25 25 50 75 100

16499-693
–100 –75 –50 –25 25 50 75 100

16499-690
650 1850
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 188. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency, Figure 191. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
LO = 650 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation LO = 1850 MHz, Observation Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB and 11.5 dB

0 0
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C Tx1 TO ORx1
–10 HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C Tx2 TO ORx1
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3 (dBc)

HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C 20

TRANSMITTER TO OBSERVATION
Tx1 TO ORx2
–20 HD3 LEFT dBc = +110°C Tx2 TO ORx2

RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)


HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
–30 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C 40
–40

–50 60

–60
80
–70

–80 100
–90

–100 120
650

850

1050

1250

1450

1650

1850

2050

2250

2450

2650

2850
16499-694
–100 –75 –50 –25 25 50 75 100
16499-691

1850
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 189. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency, Figure 192. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
LO = 1850 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation Temperature = 25°C

0 0
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
–10 –0.25
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3 (dBc)

HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C –0.50


–20 HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C –0.75
–30 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
RX PATH LOSS (dB)

–1.00
–40 –1.25

–50 –1.50

–1.75
–60
–2.00
–70
–2.25
–80
–2.50
–90 –2.75

–100 –3.00
500

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

2500

2750

3000

–100 –75 –50 –25 25 50 75 100


16499-692

16499-695

2850
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 190. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency, Figure 193. Receiver Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. Frequency, Can Be Used
LO = 2850 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm at 0 dB Attenuation for Deembedding Performance Data

Rev. A | Page 52 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 45
+110°C
–10 +110°C 40 +25°C
+25°C –40°C

RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dBc)


RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

–20 –40°C 35
–30
30
–40
25
–50
20
–60
15
–70

–80 10

–90 5

–100 0

16499-699
650

850

1050

1250

1450

1650

1850

2050

2250

2450

2650

2850
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

16499-696
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 194. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Receiver Figure 197. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 2850 MHz,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS 200 MHz Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, Integration Bandwidth =
500 kHz to 100 MHz

45 20

40 +110°C 18
+25°C
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dBc)

16

RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


35 –40°C

14
30
12
25
10
20
8
15 +110°C
6 +25°C
–40°C
10
4

5 2

0 0
16499-697

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
650

850

1050

1250

1450

1650

1850

2050

2250

2450

2650

2850

16499-700
ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 195. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 650 MHz,
Figure 198. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver LO Frequency,
200 MHz Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Integration Bandwidth = 500 kHz to 100 MHz
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, Integration Bandwidth = ±100 MHz
45
20
–40°C
40 +110°C +25°C
+25°C +110°C
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dBc)

–40°C 18
35
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

30
16
25

14
20

15
12
10

5 10

0
16499-698

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 8
16499-323

–100 –80 –60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 80 100


ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (650MHz)

Figure 196. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 1850 MHz, Figure 199. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO,
200 MHz Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 650 MHz
Integration Bandwidth = 500 kHz to 100 MHz

Rev. A| Page 53 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
20 110
–40°C –40°C (SUM)
+25°C –40°C (DIFF)
+110°C +25°C (SUM)
18 100 +25°C (DIFF)
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

+110°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)

RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)


16 90

14 80

12 70

10 60

8 50

16499-324

16499-327
–100 –80 –60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (1850MHz) RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 200. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO Figure 203. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz, Tones
LO = 1850 MHz Placed at 1845 MHz and 1846 MHz, −21 dBm Each at Attenuation = 0 dB

20 80
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C 75
18
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

70
16 RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)
65

14 60

55
12
–40°C (SUM)
50 –40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (SUM)
10
+25°C (DIFF)
45 +110°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
8
16499-325

–100 –80 –60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 80 100 40


806 826 846 866 886 906
RECEIVER OFFSET FREQUENCY FROM LO (2850MHz) 805 825 845 865 885 905

16499-328
800
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 201. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Offset Frequency from LO Figure 204. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 800 MHz, Six Tone Pairs, −21 dBm Each
40 80
–40°C
+25°C
35 +110°C 75
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

RECEIVER INPUT IP2 (dBm)

30 70

25 65

20 60

15 55

–40°C (SUM)
10 50 –40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (SUM)
+25°C (DIFF)
5 45 +110°C (SUM)
+110°C (DIFF)
0
16499-326

40
–20 –15 –10 –5 0 5 10 1806 1826 1846 1866 1886 1906
CW OUT OF BAND BLOCKER LEVEL (dBm) 1805 1825 1845 1865 1885 1905
16499-329

1800
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 202. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Continuous Wave Out of Band Blocker Figure 205. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth, Receiver
Level, Receiver LO = 1685 MHz, Blocker = 2085 MHz Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 1800 MHz, Six Tone Pairs, −21 dBm Each

Rev. A | Page 54 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS BANDWIDTH (dBm)


80 100
Rx1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
95 Rx1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
75 Rx1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
90 Rx1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
RECEIVER INPUT IP2 (dBm)

70 Rx1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF


85 Rx2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF

RECEIVER IIP2
65 Rx2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
80
Rx2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
Rx2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
60 75 Rx2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF

70
55
–40°C (SUM) 65
50 –40°C (DIFF)
+25°C (SUM) 60
+25°C (DIFF)
45 +110°C (SUM) 55
+110°C (DIFF)
40 50

16499-332
2906 2926 2946 2966 2986 3006 1807 1817 1827 1837 1847 1857 1867 1877 1887 1897 1907
2905 2925 2945 2965 2985 3005 SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
2900

16499-330
TONE2 = TONE1 + 1MHz. SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND
ATTENUATION = 0

Figure 206. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth, Receiver Figure 209. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth, Receiver
Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 2900 MHz, Six Tone Pairs, −21 dBm Each Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept,
−21 dBm Each

SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS BANDWIDTH (dBm)


SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS BANDWIDTH (dBm)

100 100
Rx1 –40°C (SUM) Rx1 –40°C (SUM)
95 Rx1 –40°C (DIFF) 95 Rx1 –40°C (DIF)
Rx1 +25°C (SUM) Rx1 +25°C (SUM)
Rx1 +25°C (DIFF) Rx1 +25°C (DIF)
90 90 Rx1 +110°C (SUM)
Rx1 +110°C (SUM) Rx1 +110°C (DIF)
Rx1 +110°C (DIFF) 85 Rx2 –40°C (SUM)
85 Rx2 –40°C (SUM) Rx2 –40°C (DIF)
RECEIVER IIP2

Rx2 –40°C (DIFF)


RECEIVER IIP2

80 Rx2 +110°C (SUM)


80 Rx2 +25°C (SUM) Rx2 +110°C (DIF)
Rx2 +25°C (DIFF)
Rx2 +110°C (SUM) 75
75
Rx2 +110°C (DIFF)
70
70
65
65
60
60
55
55
50

16499-333
50 2907 2917 2927 2937 2947 2957 2967 2977 2987 2997 3007
16499-331

807 817 827 837 847 857 867 877 887 897 907
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 207. Receiver IIP2 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, LO = 1800 MHz, Figure 210. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Tones Placed at 1802 MHz and 1892 MHz, −21 dBm Each at Attenuation = 0 dB Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 2900 MHz, Tone 1 =
2902 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −21 dBm Each
SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS BANDWIDTH (dBm)

100 45
Rx1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF Rx1 +25°C
95 40 Rx1 +110°C
Rx1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
Rx1 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF Rx2 –40°C
90 Rx1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF 35 Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C
Rx1 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

85 Rx2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF


Rx2 –40°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF 30
RECEIVER IIP2

80 Rx2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF


Rx2 +25°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF 25
Rx2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_SUM_CF
75 Rx2 +110°C MAX OF IIP2_DIF_CF
20
70
15
65
10
60
5
55

0
16499-334

50
16499-332

1807 1817 1827 1837 1847 1857 1867 1877 1887 1897 1907 0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 27.5 30.0

SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz) ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 208. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth, Figure 211. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1890 MHz,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 800 MHz, Tone 1 = 802 MHz, Tone 2 = 1891 MHz, −21 dBm Each at Attenuation = 0 dB
Tone 2 Swept, −21 dBm Each

Rev. A| Page 55 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
30 60
Rx1 –40°C Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C Rx1 +110°C
25 Rx2 –40°C 50 Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +25°C Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C Rx2 +110°C

RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)


RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

20 40

15 30

10 20

5 10

0 0

16499-338
805 815 825 835 845 855 865 875 885 895 905 915 925 0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 27.5 30.0

16499-335
806 816 826 836 846 856 866 876 886 896 906 916 926
ATTENUATION (dB)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 212. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Frequency Pass Band, Figure 215. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 800 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, Tone 2 = 1892 MHz, −21 dBm each at Attenuation = 0 dB
−21 dBm Each, Swept Across Pass Band
30 30
Rx1 –40°C Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C Rx1 +110°C
25 Rx2 –40°C 25 Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +25°C Rx2 +25°C
Rx2 +110°C RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm) Rx2 +110°C
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

20
20

15
15

10
10

5
5
0

16499-339
807 817 827 837 847 857 867 877 887 897 907
0
1805 1815 1825 1835 1845 1855 1865 1875 1885 1895 1905 1915 1925 SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
16499-336

1806 1816 1826 1836 1846 1856 1866 1876 1886 1896 1906 1916 1926

SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 213. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Frequency Pass Band, Figure 216. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Frequency Pass Band,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 800 MHz, Tone 1 = 802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept
Each, Swept Across Pass Band Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each
25 30
Rx1 –40°C Rx1 –40°C
Rx1 +25°C Rx1 +25°C
Rx1 +110°C Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C 25 Rx2 –40°C
20 Rx2 +25°C Rx2 +25°C
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

Rx2 +110°C Rx2 +110°C


20
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

15
15

10 10

5
5
0
16499-340

1807 1817 1827 1837 1847 1857 1867 1877 1887 1897 1907
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
0
2905 2915 2925 2935 2945 2955 2965 2975 2985 2995 3005 3015 3025
16499-337

2906 2916 2926 2936 2946 2956 2966 2976 2986 2996 3006 3016 3026
SWEPT PASS BASND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 214. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Frequency Pass Band, Figure 217. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs Swept Frequency Pass Band,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 2900 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 1800 MHz, Tone 1 = 1802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept
Each, Swept Across Pass Band Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each

Rev. A | Page 56 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
30 0
–40°C
+25°C
+110°C
25 –20

RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)


RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

20 –40

15 –60

10 –80

Rx1 –40°C
5 Rx1 +25°C –100
Rx1 +110°C
Rx2 –40°C
Rx2 +110°C
0 –120

16499-344
–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100

16499-341
2907 2917 2927 2937 2947 2957 2967 2977 2987 2997 3007
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 218. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Frequency Pass Band, Figure 221. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 2900 MHz, Tone 1 = 2902 MHz, Tone 2 Swept Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active,
Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 2850 MHz
0 0
–40°C –40°C
+25°C +25°C
+110°C +110°C
–20 –20
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)


–40 –40

–60 –60

–80 –80

–100 –100

–120 –120
16499-342

16499-345
–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100 0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz) ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 219. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Figure 222. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Attenuation = 0 dB, 200 MHz RF Bandwidth, Tracking Calibration Active, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 1850 MHz
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 650 MHz
0 25
–40°C
+25°C –40°C
+110°C +25°C
–20 20 +110°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

15
–40
RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

10
–60
5
–80
0

–100
–5

–120 –10
16499-343

–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100


BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
–15
16499-346

0 5 10 15 20 25 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 220. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Figure 223. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuation, RF Bandwidth = 20 MHz,
Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 1850 MHz
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 1850 MHz

Rev. A| Page 57 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
24 –70
–40°C –40°C
+25°C +25°C
+110°C +110°C
22 –75

RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)


20
RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

–80

18
–85

16
–90

14
–95
12

–100

16499-351
10 650 850 1050 1250 1450 1650 1850 2050 2250 2450 2650 2850
650
750
850
950

1150
1050

1250
1350
1450
1550
1650
1750
1850
1950
2050
2150
2250
2350
2450
2550
2650
2750
2850
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

16499-347
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 224. Receiver Gain vs. LO Frequency, Figure 227. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver LO Frequency
RF Bandwidth = 20 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS
0.5 –70
–40°C –40°C
+25°C +25°C
0.4 +110°C +110°C
–75
RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dB)

0.3
RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)
0.2
–80
0.1

0 –85

–0.1
–90
–0.2

–0.3
–95
–0.4

–0.5 –100

16499-352
16499-349

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 225. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting over Figure 228. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO = 1850 MHz
Temperature
0.10 –30
0.05 ATTN = 15 –40°C
0 ATTN = 0 –40°C
–0.05 ATTN = 15 +25°C
–0.10 –50 ATTN = 0 +25°C
–0.15 ATTN = 15 +110°C
BASEBAND FLATNESS (dB)

RECEIVER HD2 LEFT (dBc)

ATTN = 0 +110°C
NORMALIZED RECEIVER

–0.20
–0.25
–0.30 –70
–0.35
–0.40
–0.45
–0.50 –90
–0.55
–0.60
–0.65
–0.70
–110
NORMALIZED I RIPPLE
–0.75 NORMALIZED I RIPPLE
–0.80 NORMALIZED I RIPPLE
–0.85 NORMALIZED Q RIPPLE –130
–0.90 NORMALIZED Q RIPPLE
–0.95 NORMALIZED Q RIPPLE
–1.00
1.004
4.492
7.996
11.516
15.044
18.484
22.004
25.492
29.012
32.492
36.004
39.484
43.012
46.484
50.012
53.524
57.004
60.484
64.004
67.516
70.996
74.468
78.004
81.476
84.988
88.492
92.012
95.492
98.996

112.916
102.484
106.004
109.468

–150
16499-353

–60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60


16499-350

BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)


BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 226. Normalized Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Figure 229. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, Tone Level =
Frequency (Receiver Flatness), LO = 2600 MHz −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, HD2 Correction Configured for Low-Side
Optimization, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset of Fundamental Tone Not
the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2 Product = 2× Baseband Frequency),
LO = 650 MHz

Rev. A | Page 58 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
–30 10
ATTN = 15 –40°C Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
ATTN = 0 –40°C Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
ATTN = 15 +25°C –10 Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
–50 ATTN = 0 +25°C Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
ATTN = 15 +110°C Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
RECEIVER HD2 LEFT (dBc)

ATTN = 0 +110°C –30 Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)


Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)

RECEIVER HD3 (dBc)


–70 Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–50

–90 –70

–90
–110
–110
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
–130
–130 Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–150 –150
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50

16499-354

16499-358
–60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60
2850
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)

Figure 230. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and Figure 233. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO,
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, HD2 Correction Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 2850 MHz
Configured for Low-Side Optimization, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset
of the Fundamental Tone Not the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2
Product = 2× the Baseband Frequency), LO = 1850 MHz
10 10
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)

RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)


–10
RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)

–10 Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)


Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
–30 –30 Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT) Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT) –50
–50

–70 –70

–90 –90

–110 –110
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT) Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–130
–130 Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT) Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT) Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT) –150
–150 0 15 30 10 25 5 20 0 15 30 10 25 5 20 0 15 30 10 25 5 20 0 15 30
–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50 –50 –40 –30 –20
–10 10 20 30 40 50
16499-356

650 1850

16499-359
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz) UPPER: RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
LOWER: FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)

Figure 231. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone Figure 234. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Baseband
Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 650 MHz Tone Held Constant, Tone Level Increased 1 for 1 as Attenuator is Swept from 0 dB
to 30 dB, HD3 Right (High Side): Tone on Same Side as HD3 Product, HD3 Left
(Low Side): Tone on Opposite Side as HD3 Product, Continuous Wave Signal, LO =
1850 MHz, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB
10 0
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (LEFT) –40°C
Rx1 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT) +25°C
–5 +110°C
RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)

–10 Rx1 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)


Rx1 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx1 +110°C HD3 (LEFT) –10
–30 Rx1 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 –40°C HD3 (LEFT) –15
RECEIVER EVM (dB)

Rx2 –40°C HD3 (RIGHT)


–50
–20

–70 –25

–90 –30

–35
–110
Rx2 +25°C HD3 (LEFT)
–40
–130 Rx2 +25°C HD3 (RIGHT)
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (LEFT) –45
Rx2 +110°C HD3 (RIGHT)
–150 –50
16499-360

–50 –40 –30 –20


–10 10 20 30 40 50 –65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5
16499-357

1850
LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)

Figure 232. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Figure 235. Receiver EVM vs. LTE20 MHz RF Input Power,
Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, LO = 1850 MHz LTE20 MHz RF Signal, LO = 600 MHz

Rev. A| Page 59 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 0
–40°C –40°C
+25°C +25°C
–5

RECEIVER TO RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)


+110°C 10 +110°C
–10
20
–15
RECEIVER EVM (dB)

30
–20
40
–25
50
–30
60
–35

–40 70

–45 80

–50 90

16499-361
–65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5

650
750
850
950

1150
1050

1250
1350
1450
1550
1650
1750
1850
1950
2050
2150
2250
2350
2450
2550
2650
2750
2850
16499-363
LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 236. Receiver EVM vs. LTE 20 MHz RF Input Power, Figure 238. Receiver to Receiver Isolation (dB) vs. LO Frequency (MHz)
LTE20 MHz RF Signal, LO = 1800 MHz
0 –70
–40°C
+25°C –80
–5 +110°C

–10 –90

–100
RECEIVER EVM (dB)

–15
–110
–20
(dB)

–120
–25
–130
–30
–140
–35
–150
–40
–160
–45
16499-362

16499-364
–65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5 –170
100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M 100M
LTE20 RF INPUT POWER (dBm) FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
Figure 237. Receiver EVM vs. LTE 20 MHz RF Input Power, Figure 239. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset,
LTE 20 MHz RF Signal, LO = 2700 MHz LO = 1900 MHz, RMS Phase Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz,
Spectrum Analyzer Limits Far Out Noise

Rev. A | Page 60 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
3400 MHz TO 4800 MHz BAND
0 –10
–40°C ATTENUATION = 0MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 0MHz
–40°C ATTENUATION = 5MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 5MHz

TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)


–0.5 –20 –40°C ATTENUATION = 10MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 10MHz
–40°C ATTENUATION = 15MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 15MHz
TRANSMITTER PATH LOSS (dB)

–40°C ATTENUATION = 20MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 20MHz


–30 –40°C ATTENUATION = 25MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 25MHz
–1.0
+25°C ATTENUATION = 0MHz
–40 +25°C ATTENUATION = 5MHz
–1.5 +25°C ATTENUATION = 10MHz
+25°C ATTENUATION = 15MHz
–50 +25°C ATTENUATION = 20MHz
+25°C ATTENUATION = 25MHz
–2.0
–60

–2.5 –70

–3.0 –80

–90
–3.5
–100

16499-368
–100 –50 0 50 100
–4.0

16499-365
3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 240. Transmitter Path Loss vs. LO Frequency (Simulation), Can Be Figure 243. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Used for Deembedding Performance Data Baseband Offset Frequency and Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones
(Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS, Correction Then Frozen
(Tracking Turned Off), Continuous Wave Tone Swept Across Large Signal
Bandwidth, LO = 4600 MHz
10 1.0
0.9 Tx1 = –40°C
TRANSMITTER CW OUTPUT POWER (dBm)

Tx2 = –40°C
TRANSMITTER PASSBAND FLATNESS (dB)
9 0.8
Tx1 = +25°C
0.7 Tx2 = +25°C
8 0.6 Tx1 = +110°C
0.5 Tx2 = +110°C
7 0.4
0.3
6 0.2
0.1
5 0.0
–0.1
4 –0.2
–0.3
3 –0.4
Tx1 = –40°C –0.5
Tx2 = –40°C –0.6
2 Tx1 = +25°C –0.7
Tx2 = +25°C –0.8
1 Tx1 = +110°C –0.9
Tx2 = +110°C
–1.0
0
16499-366

16499-369
3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 –225 –175 –125 –75 –25 25 75 125 175 225
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 241. Transmitter Continuous Wave Output Power vs. Transmitter LO Figure 244. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
Frequency, Transmitter QEC and External LO Leakage Active, Transmitter in Off Chip Match Response Deembedded, LO = 3600 MHz
200 MHz/450 MHz Bandwidth Mode, IQ Rate = 491.52 MHz,
Attenuation = 0 dB, Not Deembedded 1.0
0.9 Tx1 = –40°C
0 Tx2 = –40°C
TRANSMITTER PASSBAND FLATNESS (dB)

–40°C ATTENUATION = 0MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 0MHz 0.8


Tx1 = +25°C
–10 –40°C ATTENUATION = 5MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 5MHz 0.7 Tx2 = +25°C
TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

–40°C ATTENUATION = 10MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 10MHz 0.6 Tx1 = +110°C


–20 –40°C ATTENUATION = 15MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 15MHz 0.5 Tx2 = +110°C
–40°C ATTENUATION = 20MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 20MHz 0.4
–40°C ATTENUATION = 25MHz +110°C ATTENUATION = 25MHz 0.3
–30
+25°C ATTENUATION = 0MHz 0.2
–40
+25°C ATTENUATION = 5MHz 0.1
+25°C ATTENUATION = 10MHz 0.0
+25°C ATTENUATION = 15MHz –0.1
–50 +25°C ATTENUATION = 20MHz –0.2
+25°C ATTENUATION = 25MHz –0.3
–60
–0.4
–70 –0.5
–0.6
–80 –0.7
–0.8
–90 –0.9
–1.0
16499-370

–225 –175 –125 –75 –25 25 75 125 175 225


–100
16499-367

–100 –50 0 50 100 BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)


BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY AND ATTENUATION (MHz)

Figure 242. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs. Figure 245. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
Baseband Offset Frequency and Attenuation, QEC Trained with Three Tones Off Chip Match Response Deembedded, LO = 4600 MHz
Placed at 10 MHz, 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined
Power = −6 dBFS, Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), Continuous
Wave Tone Swept Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 3700 MHz
Rev. A| Page 61 of 128
ADRV9009 Data Sheet
–70 –145
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = –40°C 4600MHz = +110°C
–72 4600MHz = +25°C
Tx1 = +25°C
TRANSMITTER LO LEAKAGE (dBFS)

Tx2 = +25°C –150 4600MHz = –40°C


–74

TRANSMITTER NOISE (dBm/Hz)


Tx1 = +110°C 3600MHz = +110°C
Tx2 = +110°C 3600MHz = +25°C
–76 3600MHz = –40°C
–155
–78

–80 –160

–82
–165
–84

–86 –170
–88

–90 –175

16499-371

16499-752
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
3700 4600
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 246. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency, Figure 249. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting
Transmitter Attenuation = 0 dB
0 40
Tx1 TO Rx1
TRANSMITTER TO RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)

Tx1 TO Rx2
Tx2 TO Rx1 35 +110°C
20 Tx2 TO Rx2 +25°C

TRANSMITTER OIP3, RIGHT (dBm)


30 –40°C

25
40
20

60 15

10
80
5

0
100
–5

120 –10
16499-372

3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800

16499-753
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 247. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Figure 250. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Temperature = −40°C, +25°C, and +110°C LO = 3600 MHz. Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS.

0 35

10 Tx1 TO Tx2 0dB


Tx2 TO Tx1 0dB
30 +110°C
+25°C
TRANSMITTER OIP3, RIGHT (dBm)
TRANSMITTER TO TRANSMITTER

20 –40°C
25
30
20
ISOLATION (dB)

40
15
50
10
60
5
70

80 0

90 –5

100 –10
16499-751

3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800


16499-754

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 248. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Transmitter LO Figure 251. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Frequency, Temperature = 25°C LO = 4600 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS

Rev. A | Page 62 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
40 0

+110°C = HD2
35 +25°C = HD2
–20
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

–40°C = HD2
30 +110°C = UPPER HD2

TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)


+25°C = UPPER HD2
–40 –40°C = UPPER HD2
25

20 –60

15
Tx1 = +110°C –80
Tx1 = +25°C
10
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C –100
5 Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
0 –120

16499-758
5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

16499-755
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
3600
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz)

Figure 252. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass Figure 255. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
Band, LO = 36000 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 4600 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS

40 0
Tx1 = +110°C
35 Tx1 = +25°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

30 Tx2 = +110°C

TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)


Tx2 = +25°C
–40 Tx2 = –40°C
25

20 –60

15
Tx1 = +110°C –80
Tx1 = +25°C
10
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C –100
5
Tx2 = –40°C
0
–120
5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95

16499-759
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
16499-756

4600 3600
BASEBAND TONE PAIR SWEPT ACROSS PASS BAND (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 253. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Baseband Tone Pair Swept Across Pass Figure 256. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Band, LO = 4600 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS LO = 3600 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz
0 0
+110°C = HD2 Tx1 = +110°C
+25°C = HD2 Tx1 = +25°C
–20 –40°C = HD2 –20 Tx1 = –40°C
+110°C = UPPER HD2 Tx2 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)

+25°C = UPPER HD2


TRANSMITTER HD3 (dBc)

Tx2 = +25°C
–40 –40°C = UPPER HD2 Tx2 = –40°C
–40

–60
–60

–80
–80

–100
–100

–120
16499-757

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 –120
16499-760

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)


0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
4600
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 254. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband Figure 257. Transmitter HD3 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 3600 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS LO = 4600 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz

Rev. A| Page 63 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 0.05

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)


APPEARS ON SAME SIDE AS DESIRED SIGNAL

Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C 0.04
–20 Tx1 = –40°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE (dBc)

Tx2 = +110°C 0.03


Tx2 = +25°C
–40 Tx2 = –40°C 0.02

0.01
–60
0

–0.01
–80
–0.02
+110°C
–100 –0.03 +25°C
–40°C
–0.04
–120

16499-761
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 –0.05
3600

16499-764
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 258. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Side as Desired Signal vs. Figure 261. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter
Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS Attenuator Setting, LO = 4600 MHz
0 –30
APPEARS ON SAME SIDE AS DESIRED SIGNAL

Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C –32 +110°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C +25°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE (dBc)

Tx2 = +110°C –34 –40°C


Tx2 = +25°C
–40 Tx2 = –40°C –36

–38
EVM (dB)

–60
–40

–42
–80
–44
–100 –46

–48
–120
0 2 4 6 108 12 14 16 18 20
16499-762

–50
4600

16499-765
0 5 10 15 20 25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Tx ATTENUATION (dBm)
Figure 259. Transmitter HD3 Image Appears on Same Side as Desired Signal vs. Figure 262. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation,
Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 4600 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS 20 MHz LTE Signal Centered on DC, LO = 3600 MHz

0.05 –30
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)

0.04 –32 +110°C


+25°C
0.03 –34 –40°C

0.02 –36

0.01 –38
EVM (dB)

0 –40

–0.01 –42

–0.02 –44
+110°C
–0.03 +25°C –46
–40°C
–0.04 –48

–0.05 –50
16499-766

0 5 10 15 20 25
16499-763

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) Tx ATTENUATION (dBm)

Figure 260. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator Figure 263. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation,
Setting, LO = 3600 MHz 20 MHz LTE Signal Centered on DC, LO = 4600 MHz

Rev. A | Page 64 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
–10 32
+110°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


Tx OUTPUT
–20 30 +25°C
ANALYZER NO SIGNAL
–40°C
–30 28

–40
AMPLITUDE (dBm)

26

–50
24

–60
22
–70
20
–80
18
–90
16
–100
4100

4200

4300

4400

4500

4600

4700

4800

4900

5000

5100
14

16499-770
16499-767
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FREQUENCY (MHz) OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 264. Amplitude vs. Frequency Transmitter Output Spurious, Figure 267. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Transmitter 1 = 4600 MHz, LTE = 5 MHz, Offset = 10 MHz, RMS Ripple in Noise Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
Floor Due to Spectrum Analyzer = −12 dBFS, Temperature = 25°C

0 34

OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


–0.2 32 +110°C
MATCHING CIRCUIT PATH LOSS (dB)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER OFF CHIP

+25°C
–0.4 30 –40°C

–0.6 28

–0.8 26

–1.0 24

–1.2 22

–1.4 20

–1.6 18

–1.8 16

–2.0 14

16499-771
16499-768

3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10


LO FREQUENCY (MHz) OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 265. Observation Receiver Off Chip Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO Figure 268. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver
Frequency (Simulation), Can Be Used for Deembedding Performance Data Attenuator Setting, LO = 4600 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth
0 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

–10 +110°C
75
+25°C
AND DIFFERENCE PRODCUTS (dBm)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, SUM

–20 –40°C
70
–30

–40 65

–50 60

–60
55 IIP2 SUM +110°C
–70 IIP2 SUM +25°C
50 IIP2 SUM –40°C
–80 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
–90 45 IIP2 DIFF –40°C

–100 40
16499-769

3600 4600 3606 3626 3646 3666 3686 3706 3726 3746 3766 3786 3806 3826
16499-772

3605 3625 3645 3665 3685 3705 3725 3745 3765 3785 3805 3825
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 266. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. LO Frequency from Figure 269. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1
3600 MHz to 4600 MHz Offset Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across
Pass Band at −22 dBm Each, LO = 3600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB

Rev. A| Page 65 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
80 80

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)


SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)

75 70
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,

70 60

65 50

60 40

55 30 IIP2 SUM +110°C


IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C IIP2 SUM –40°C
50 IIP2 SUM +25°C 20 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C IIP2 DIFF +25°C
45 IIP2 DIFF +110°C IIP2 DIFF –40°C
10
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
40 0
4606 4626 4646 4666 4686 4706 4726 4746 4766 4786 4806 4826

16499-773

3612

3632

3652

3672

3692

3712

3732

3752

3772

3792

3812

3832
4605 4625 4645 4665 4685 4705 4725 4745 4765 4785 4805 4825

16499-776
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 270. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1 Figure 273. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
Offset Frequency, Tones Separated By 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −22 dBm Each,
−22 dBm Each, 4600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB Attenuation = 0 dB

80 80

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)


SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)

70
75
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,

60
70
50

65 40

30 IIP2 SUM +110°C


60 IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C 20 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
55 IIP2 SUM –40°C IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C 10 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
50 0
16499-774

0 2 4 6 8 10
4612

4632

4652

4672

4692

4712

4732

4752

4772

4792

4812

4832

16499-777
ATTENUATION (dB)
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 271. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. Figure 274. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3645 MHz, Tone 2 = 3646 MHz at LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −22 dBm Each,
−22 dBm Plus Attenuation Attenuation = 0 dB

80 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)
SUM AND DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)

75 75
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2,

70 70

65 65

60
60
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +110°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM +25°C
55 IIP2 SUM –40°C
55 IIP2 SUM –40°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C IIP2 DIFF +25°C
50 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
16499-775

0 2 4 6 8 10 50
16499-778

0 2 4 6 8 10
ATTENUATION (dB)
ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 272. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. Figure 275. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz,
Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4645 MHz, Tone 2 = 4646 MHz at Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = 3702 MHz at −22 dBm Plus Attenuation
−22 dBm Plus Attenuation

Rev. A | Page 66 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
80 30

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)


OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

28
75 26
24
70 22
20
65 18
16
60 14
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C 12
55 INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C 10
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C 8 INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C INPUT IP3 = –40°C
50 6

16499-779

16499-782
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
ATTENUATION (dB) ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 276. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, 4600 MHz, Figure 279. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz,
Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = 4612 MHz at −22 dBm Plus Attenuation Tone 1 = 3695 MHz, Tone 2 = 3696 MHz at −22 dBm Plus Attenuation

25 30

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)


OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, f1 – f2 (dBm)

28
ORx1 = +110°C 26
20 ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C 24
22
15 20
18
16
10
14
12
5 10
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
8 INPUT IP3 = +25°C
INPUT IP3 = –40°C
6

16499-783
0
3605 3625 3645 3665 3685 3705 3725 3745 3765 3785 3805 3825 0 2 4 6 8 10
16499-780

3606 3626 3646 3666 3686 3706 3726 3746 3766 3786 3806 3826 ATTENUATION (dB)
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 277. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2 f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, Figure 280. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2 f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz,
LO = 3600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Tone 1 = 4695 MHz, Tone 2 = 4696 MHz at −22 dBm Plus Attenuation
Band at −22 dBm Each

25 30
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

ORx1 = +110°C 25
20 ORx1 = +25°C
ORx1 = –40°C

20
15

15

10 INPUT IP3 SUM +110°C


10 INPUT IP3 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP3 SUM –40°C
INPUT IP3 DIFF +110°C
5 INPUT IP3 DIFF +25°C
5
INPUT IP3 DIFF –40°C

0 0
3612

3632

3652

3672

3692

3712

3732

3752

3772

3792

3812

3832

4606 4626 4646 4666 4686 4706 4726 4746 4766 4786 4806 4826
16499-784

4605 4625 4645 4665 4685 4705 4725 4745 4765 4785 4805 4825
16499-781

f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 278. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2 f1 − f2vs. f1 Offset Frequency, Figure 281. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation
LO = 4600 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Frequency, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −22 dBm
Band at −22 dBm Each Each

Rev. A| Page 67 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
30 0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

–10 +110°C = 10dB


+25°C = 10dB
25
–20 –40°C = 10dB

ORX IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)


+110°C = 0dB
–30 +25°C = 0dB
20 –40°C = 0dB
–40

15 –50

IIP3 SUM +110°C –60


10 IIP3 SUM +25°C
IIP3 SUM –40°C –70
IIP3 DIFF +110°C
IIP3 DIFF +25°C –80
5
IIP3 DIFF –40°C
–90

0 –100
4612

4632

4652

4672

4692

4712

4732

4752

4772

4792

4812

4832

–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-788
16499-785
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz) BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 282. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency, Figure 285. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −22 dBm Each Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 3600 MHz

30 0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

28 –10 +110°C = 10dB


+25°C = 10dB
26
–20 –40°C = 10dB
ORX IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)
24 +110°C = 0dB
–30 +25°C = 0dB
22 –40°C = 0dB
20 –40

18 –50
16
–60
14
–70
12
–80
10
IIP3 = +110°C
8 IIP3 = +25°C –90
IIP3 = –40°C
6 –100
16499-786

0 2 4 6 8 10
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-789
ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 283. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, Figure 286. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = 3722 MHz, −22 dBm Plus Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 4600 MHz
Attenuation Each

30 18
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

28
+110°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dBm)

26 16 +25°C
24
–40°C

22 14

20
12
18
16
10
14
12
8
10
IIP3 = +110°C
8 IIP3 = +25°C
IIP3 = –40°C 6
6
16499-787

0 2 4 6 8 10
ATTENUATION (dB) 4
16499-790

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 284. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, Figure 287. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation,
LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = 4722 MHz at −22 dBm Plus LO = 3600 MHz
Attenuation Each

Rev. A | Page 68 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
18 0.5

+110°C 0.4
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dBm)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER PASSBAND


16 +25°C
–40°C 0.3

14 0.2

FLATNESS (dB)
0.1
12
0
10
–0.1

8 –0.2 +110°C
+25°C
–0.3 –40°C
6
–0.4

4 –0.5

16499-791
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-794
ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 288. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Observation Receiver Attenuation, Figure 291. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Frequency
LO = 4600 MHz Offset, LO = 3600 MHz

0.5 0.5

0.4 +110°C 0.4

OBSERVATION RECEIVER PASSBAND


+25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN

0.3 –40°C 0.3

0.2 0.2
STEP ERROR (dB)

FLATNESS (dB)
0.1 0.1

0 0

–0.1 –0.1

–0.2 –0.2 +110°C


+25°C
–0.3 –0.3 –40°C

–0.4 –0.4

–0.5 –0.5
16499-792

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-795
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 289. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver Figure 292. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseball Frequency
Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz Offset, LO = 4600 MHz

0.5 0
INPUT IP3 = +110°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

0.4 +110°C INPUT IP3 = +25°C


+25°C –20 INPUT IP3 = –40°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN

0.3 –40°C

0.2
–40
STEP ERROR (dB)

0.1

0 –60

–0.1
–80
–0.2

–0.3
–100
–0.4

–0.5 –120
16499-793

16499-796

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 5 10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 290. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver Figure 293. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz
Attenuator Setting, LO = 4600 MHz

Rev. A| Page 69 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)


0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

INPUT IP3 = +110°C


INPUT IP3 = +25°C HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
–20 INPUT IP3 = –40°C –10 HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
–20 HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
–40 –30 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C

–40
–60
–50

–80 –60

–70
–100 –80

–90
–120

16499-797
0 5 10 –100

16499-800
ATTENUATION (dB) –90.0 –67.5 –45.0 –22.5 22.5 45.0 67.5 90.0
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 294. Observation Receiver DC Offset vs. Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz Figure 297. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
LO = 3600 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm
0

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)


0
+110°C = 0 (RIGHT) +25°C = 0 (LEFT)
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
+110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) +25°C = 11.5 (LEFT) –10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)

–20 HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C


+110°C = 0 (LEFT) –40°C = 0 (RIGHT)
HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT) –40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT)
–20 HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
+25°C = 0 (RIGHT) –40°C = 0 (LEFT)
+25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) –40°C = 11.5 (LEFT) HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
–40
–30 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C

–40
–60
–50

–80 –60

–70
–100
–80

–90
–120
16499-798

–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100


–100

16499-801
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) –90.0 –67.5 –45.0 –22.5 22.5 45.0 67.5 90.0
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 295. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 3600MHz, Figure 298. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
Tone Level = −20 dBm Plus Attenuation LO = 4600 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm
0 0
TRANSMITTER TO OBSERVATION RECEIVER

+110°C = 0 (RIGHT) +25°C = 0 (LEFT) Tx1 TO ORx1


+110°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) +25°C = 11.5 (LEFT) Tx2 TO ORx1
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)

–20 20
+110°C = 0 (LEFT) –40°C = 0 (RIGHT) Tx1 TO ORx2
+110°C = 11.5 (LEFT) –40°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) Tx2 TO ORx2
+25°C = 0 (RIGHT) –40°C = 0 (LEFT) 40
–40 +25°C = 11.5 (RIGHT) –40°C = 11.5 (LEFT)
ISOLATION (dB)

60
–60

80
–80
100

–100
120

–120
140
16499-799

16499-802

–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz) LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 296. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 4600 MHz, Figure 299. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
Tone Level = −20 dBm Plus Attenuation Temperature = 25°C

Rev. A | Page 70 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 45

–0.2 40 +110°C
+25°C
RECEIVER OFF CHIP MATCHING

–0.4 –40°C

RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)


35
CIRCUIT PATH LOSS (dB)

–0.6
30
–0.8
25
–1.0
20
–1.2

–1.4 15

–1.6 10

–1.8 5

–2.0
0

16499-806
16499-803
3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
LO FREQUENCY (MHz) ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 300. Receiver Off Chip Matching Circuit Path Loss vs. LO Frequency Figure 303. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation,
(Simulation), Can Be Used for Deembedding Performance Data LO = 4600 MHz, Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS,
500 kHz to 100 MHz Integration Bandwidth

0 120

–10 +110°C
+25°C 110
–20 –40°C
RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

–30 100

RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)


–40
90
–50

–60 80

–70
70 INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
–80 INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
–90 60 INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
–100 INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
16499-804

3600 4600 50

16499-807
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 301. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency, 0 dB Receiver Figure 304. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tones
Attenuation, 200 MHz RF Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS Placed at 3645 MHz and 3646 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
45 110

40 +110°C
+25°C 100
–40°C
RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

35
RECEIVER INPUT IP2 (dBm)

30 90

25
80
20

15 70
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
10 INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
60 INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
5 INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
0 50
16499-805

16499-808

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
Figure 302. Receiver Noise Figure vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Figure 305. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz, Tones
200 MHz Bandwidth, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, 500 kHz to 100 MHz Placed at 4645 MHz and 4646 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Integration Bandwidth

Rev. A| Page 71 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
80 100
RECEIVER IIP2 SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS

95
75
90
70
85

RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)


BANDWIDTH (dBm)

65
80

60 75

55 70

IIP2 SUM +110°C 65 +110°C = Rx1 (DIFF) +110°C = Rx2 (DIFF)


50 IIP2 SUM +25°C +110°C = Rx1 (SUM) +110°C = Rx2 (SUM)
IIP2 SUM –40°C 60 +25°C = Rx1 (DIFF) +25°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
45 IIP2 DIFF +110°C +25°C = Rx1 (SUM) +25°C = Rx2 (SUM)
IIP2 DIFF +25°C 55 –40°C = Rx1 (DIFF) –40°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
IIP2 DIFF –40°C –40°C = Rx1 (SUM) –40°C = Rx2 (SUM)
40 50

16499-812
3606 3626 3646 3666 3686 3706 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

16499-809
3605 3625 3645 3665 3685 3705
RECEIVER ATTENUATION
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 306. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Figure 309. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz, Tones
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz, Six Tone Placed at 4602 MHz and 4692 MHz, −21dBm Plus Attenuation
Pairs, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation Each

80 100

RECEIVER IIP2 SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS


RECEIVER IIP2 SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS

+110°C = Rx1 (DIFF) +110°C = Rx2 (DIFF)


95
75 +110°C = Rx1 (SUM) +110°C = Rx2 (SUM)
+25°C = Rx1 (DIFF) +25°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
90
+25°C = Rx1 (SUM) +25°C = Rx2 (SUM)
70 –40°C = Rx1 (DIFF) –40°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
85
–40°C = Rx1 (SUM) –40°C = Rx2 (SUM)
BANDWIDTH (dBm)
BANDWIDTH (dBm)

65
80

60 75

70
55

IIP2 SUM +110°C 65


50 IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C 60
45 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C 55
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
40 50

16499-813
4606 4626 4646 4666 4686 4706 3612 3622 3632 3642 3652 3662 3672 3682 3692 3702 3712
16499-810

4605 4625 4645 4665 4685 4705


SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 307. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Figure 310. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz, Six Tone Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz,
Pairs, −21 dBm Each Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −21 dBm Each

100 100
RECEIVER IIP2 SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS

Rx1 +110°C IIP2_SUM_CF Rx2 +25°C IIP2_SUM_CF


95 95
Rx1 +110°C IIP2_DIF_CF Rx2 +25°C IIP2_DIF_CF
90 Rx2 +110°C IIP2_SUM_CF Rx1 –40°C IIP2_SUM_CF
90 Rx2 +110°C IIP2_DIF_CF Rx1 –40°C IIP2_DIF_CF
85 Rx1 +25°C IIP2_SUM_CF Rx2 –40°C IIP2_SUM_CF
85 Rx1 +25°C IIP2_DIF_CF Rx2 –40°C IIP2_DIF_CF
RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)

BANDWIDTH (dBm)

80
80
75
75
70
70
65
65 +110°C = Rx1 (DIFF) +110°C = Rx2 (DIFF)
+110°C = Rx1 (SUM) +110°C = Rx2 (SUM) 60

60 +25°C = Rx1 (DIFF) +25°C = Rx2 (DIFF)


55
+25°C = Rx1 (SUM) +25°C = Rx2 (SUM)
–40°C = Rx1 (DIFF) –40°C = Rx2 (DIFF) 50
55
–40°C = Rx1 (SUM) –40°C = Rx2 (SUM)
50 40
16499-811

16499-193

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 4612 4622 4632 4642 4652 4662 4672 4682 4692 4702 4712
RECEIVER ATTENUATION
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 308. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tones Figure 311. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
Placed at 3602 MHz and 3692 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 =
4602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −21 dBm Each

Rev. A | Page 72 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
45 30

40
25
35

RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)


RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

30 20

25
15
20

Rx1 = +110°C 10 Rx1 = +110°C


15
Rx1 = +25°C Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C Rx1 = –40°C
10 Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +110°C 5
Rx2 = +25°C Rx2 = +25°C
5 Rx2 = –40°C Rx2 = –40°C

0 0

16499-814
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 4605 4625 4645 4665 4685 4705
4606 4626 4646 4666 4686 4706

16499-817
ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 312. Receiver IIP3 vs. Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3695 MHz, Figure 315. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Receiver Attenuation, Receiver
Tone 2 = 3696 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm Each,
Swept Across Pass Band

45 50

40 45

40
35
RECEIVER INPUT IP3 (dBm)

35
30 RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)
30
25
25
20
20
15 Rx1 = +110°C Rx1 = +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C 15 Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C Rx1 = –40°C
10 10 Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C Rx2 = +25°C
5 Rx2 = –40°C 5 Rx2 = –40°C

0 0

16499-818
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
16499-815

TONE 1 = 4695MHz TONE 2 = 4696MHz RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)


RECEIVER ATTENUATION SWEPT (dB)
Figure 313. Receiver IIP3 vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = Figure 316. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 =
4695 MHz, Tone 2 = 4696 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation 3602 MHz, Tone 2 = 3692 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation

30 50
RECEIVER IIP3 ACROSS BANDWITH (dBm)

25 50
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

20 40

15 30

10 Rx1 = +110°C Rx1 = +110°C


Rx1 = +25°C 20
Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C Rx2 = +110°C
5 Rx2 = +25°C 10 Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
Rx2 = –40°C
0
3605 3625 3645 3665 3685 3705 0
16499-819

3606 3626 3646 3666 3686 3706 0 5 10 15 20 25 30


16499-816

RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 314. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Figure 317. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 =
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, −21 dBm 4602 MHz, Tone 2 = 4692 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
Each, Swept Across Pass Band

Rev. A| Page 73 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
35 0
RECEIVER IIP3 ACROSS BANDWIDTH (dBm)

+110°C
30 –20 +25°C
–40°C

RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)


25
–40

20
–60

15
Rx1 = +110°C –80
10 Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C –100
5 Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
–120
0

16499-823
16499-820
3612 3632 3652 3672 3692 3712 –100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 318. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Figure 321. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Attenuation =
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz, Tone 1 = 3602 MHz, Tone 2 Swept 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate =
Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each 245.76 MSPS, LO = 4600 MHz
35 0
RECEIVER IIP3 ACROSS BANDWIDTH (dBm)

+110°C
30 +25°C
–20
–40°C

25 RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)


–40

20
–60
15
Rx1 = +110°C –80
10 Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C –100
5 Rx2 = +25°C
Rx2 = –40°C
–120
0

16499-824
16499-821

4612 4632 4652 4672 4692 4712 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz) ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 319. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Figure 322. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz,
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 4600 MHz, Tone 1 = 4602 MHz, Tone 2 Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 3600 MHz,
Swept Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each Baseband Frequency= 10 MHz

0 0

+110°C +110°C
–20 +25°C –20 +25°C
–40°C –40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

–40 –40

–60 –60

–80 –80

–100 –100

–120 –120
16499-822

16499-825

–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100 0 5 10 15 20 25 30


BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 320. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Attenuation = Figure 323. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, 200 MHz RF Bandwidth,
0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 4600 MHz,
245.76 MSPS, LO = 3600 MHz Baseband Frequency = 10 MHz

Rev. A | Page 74 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
25 0.5

+110°C 0.4 +110°C


20
+25°C +25°C

RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dB)


–40°C 0.3 –40°C
15
RECEIVER GAIN (dBc)

0.2
10
0.1

5 0

0 –0.1

–0.2
–5
–0.3
–10
–0.4
–15
–0.5

16499-826
0 5 10 15 20 25 30

16499-829
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 324. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = Figure 327. Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
20 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 3600 MHz LO = 3600 MHz
25 0.5

+110°C 0.4 +110°C


20
+25°C +25°C

RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dB)


–40°C 0.3 –40°C
15
RECEIVER GAIN (dBc)

0.2
10
0.1

5 0

0 –0.1

–0.2
–5
–0.3
–10
–0.4
–15
–0.5
16499-827

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

16499-830
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 325. Receiver Gain vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = Figure 328. Receiver Attenuator Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting,
20 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 4600 MHz LO = 4600 MHz

24 –50

+110°C +110°C
22 +25°C +25°C
–60
–40°C –40°C
RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

20
RECEIVER GAIN (dBc)

–70

18
–80
16

–90
14

–100
12

10 –110
16499-831

3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800


3400

3500

3600

3700

3800

3900

4000

4100

4200

4300

4400

4500

4600

4700

4800

16499-828

RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)


LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 326. Receiver Gain vs. LO Frequency, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Figure 329. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver LO Frequency
Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS

Rev. A| Page 75 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
–70 –30
–40
–75 +110°C
+25°C –50
–40°C
RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

RECEIVER HD2, LEFT (dBc)


–80 –60
–70
–85
–80

–90 –90
–100
–95
–110 ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
–100 –120 ATTN = 0 –40°C
–130 ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
–105 ATTN = 15 –40°C
–140

–110 –150

16499-835
16499-832
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 –60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60

RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)

Figure 330. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, LO = 3600 MHz Figure 333. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, X-Axis = Baseband
Frequency Offset of the Fundamental Tone Not the Frequency of the HD2
Product (HD2 Product = 2× the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller
Disabled, LO = 4600 MHz
–70 10
Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT) Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
+110°C Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT)
–75 RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc) –10
+25°C Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT) Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT)
–40°C Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT)
RECEIVER DC OFFSET (dBFS)

–80 –30 Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT) Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)


Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT) Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT)
–85 –50

–90 –70

–95 –90

–100 –110

–105 –130

–110 –150
16499-833

–50 –40 –30 –20


–10 10 20 30 40 50

16499-836
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
3600
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
Figure 331. Receiver DC Offset vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting, Figure 334. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO and
LO = 4600 MHz Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 3600 MHz
–30 10
Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT) Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
–40
Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT)
RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)

–10
–50 Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT) Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT)
RECEIVER HD2, LEFT (dBc)

–60 –30 Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT) Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)


Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT) Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT)
–70
–50
–80
–90 –70
–100
–90
–110 ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
–120 ATTN = 0 –40°C –110
–130 ATTN = 15 +110°C
ATTN = 15 +25°C
–130
–140 ATTN = 15 –40°C

–150 –150
16499-834

–60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 –50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50


16499-837

BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz) 4600


FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)
Figure 332. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset and Figure 335. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO and
Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0, X-Axis = Baseband Attenuation, Tone Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB,
Frequency Offset of the Fundamental Tone Not the Frequency of the HD2 LO = 4600 MHz
Product (HD2 Product = 2× the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller
Disabled, LO = 3600 MHz

Rev. A | Page 76 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0 0

–5 +110°C –5 +110°C
+25°C +25°C
–10 –10 –40°C
–40°C

RECEIVER EVM (dB)


–15 –15
RECEIVER EVM (dB)

–20 –20

–25 –25

–30 –30

–35 –35

–40 –40

–45 –45

16499-839
–65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5
–50 LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)

16499-838
–65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 336. Receiver EVM vs. LTE 20 MHz RF Input Power, RF Signal = Figure 338. Receiver EVM vs. LTE 20 MHz RF Input Power,
LTE 20 MHz, LO = 3600 MHz, Default AGC Settings RF Signal = LTE 20 MHz, LO = 4600 MHz, Default AGC Settings
0 –70
Rx1 TO Rx2 ISOLATION
RECEIVER TO RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)

10 –80
Rx2 TO Rx1 ISOLATION
–90
20
–100
PHASE NOISE (dB)
30
–110
40
–120
50
–130
60 –140

70 –150

80 –160

90 –170

16499-841
100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M 100M
3400

3500

3600

3700

3800

3900

4000

4100

4200

4300

4400

4500

4600

4700

4800

16499-840

FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)


LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 337. Receiver to Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency Figure 339. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset,
LO = 3800 MHz, RMS Phase Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, PLL Loop
Bandwidth = 300 kHz, Spectrum Analyzer Limits Far Out Noise

Rev. A| Page 77 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
5100 MHz TO 5900 MHz BAND
0 0
+110°C = 20dB +25°C = 20dB –40°C = 20dB
–10

TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)


+110°C = 15dB +25°C = 15dB –40°C = 15dB
–0.5 +110°C = 10dB +25°C = 10dB –40°C = 10dB
–20 +110°C = 5dB +25°C = 5dB –40°C = 5dB
+110°C = 0dB +25°C = 0dB –40°C = 0dB
–30
Tx PATH LOSS (dB)

–1.0 –40

–50
–1.5
–60

–70
–2.0
–80

–90
–2.5

16499-842
5000 5200 5400 5600 5800 6000 –100

–100
–90
–80
–70
–60
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
16499-845
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 340. Transmitter Path Loss vs. LO Frequency (Simulation), Useful for Figure 343. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Deembedding Performance Data Baseband Offset Frequency, QEC Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz,
50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS,
Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), Continuous Wave Tone Swept
Across Large Signal Bandwidth, 5500 MHz
10 0
+110 – 20 +25 – 20 –40 – 20
Tx1 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER CW OUTPUT POWER (dBm)

9 TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc) –10 +110 – 15 +25 – 15 –40 – 15


Tx1 = +25°C +110 – 10 +25 – 10 –40 – 10
Tx1 = –40°C +110 – 5 +25 – 5 –40 – 5
8 Tx2 = +110°C –20 +110 – 0 +25 – 0 –40 – 0
Tx2 = +25°C
7 Tx2 = –40°C –30

6 –40

5 –50

4 –60
3
–70
2
–80
1
–90
0
16499-843

5100 5300 5500 5700 5900 –100

16499-226
–100 –80 –60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 80 100
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 341. Transmitter Continuous Wave Output Power vs. Transmitter LO Figure 344. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs.
Frequency, Transmitter QEC, and External LO Leakage Active, Bandwidth Baseband Offset Frequency, QEC Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz,
Mode = 200 MHz/450 MHz, IQ Rate = 491.52 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB, Not 50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS,
Deembedded Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), Continuous Wave Tone Swept
Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 5900 MHz
0 1.0
+110°C = 20dB +25°C = 20dB –40°C = 20dB Tx1 = +110°C
TRANSMITTER PASS BAND FLATNESS (dB)

–10 0.8 Tx1 = +25°C


TRANSMITTER IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

+110°C = 15dB +25°C = 15dB –40°C = 15dB


+110°C = 10dB +25°C = 10dB –40°C = 10dB Tx1 = –40°C
–20 +110°C = 5dB +25°C = 5dB –40°C = 5dB 0.6 Tx2 = +110°C
+110°C = 0dB +25°C = 0dB –40°C = 0dB Tx2 = +25°C
–30 0.4 Tx2 = –40°C

–40 0.2

–50 0

–60 –0.2

–70 –0.4

–80 –0.6

–90 –0.8

–100 –1.0
16499-847
–100
–90
–80
–70
–60
–50
–40
–30
–20
–10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100

–225 –175 –125 –75 –25 25 75 125 175 225


16499-844

BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)


BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)
Figure 342. Transmitter Image Rejection Across Large Signal Bandwidth vs. Figure 345. Transmitter Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Frequency,
Baseband Offset Frequency QEC Trained with Three Tones Placed at 10 MHz, Off Chip Match Response Deembedded, LO = 5700 MHz, Measurements
50 MHz, and 100 MHz (Tracking On), Total Combined Power = −6 dBFS, Performed with Device Calibrated at 25°C
Correction Then Frozen (Tracking Turned Off), Continuous Wave Tone Swept
Across Large Signal Bandwidth, LO = 5100 MHz
Rev. A | Page 78 of 128
Data Sheet ADRV9009
–70 –150
Tx1 = +110°C 5100MHz = +110°C
–72 Tx1 = +25°C 5100MHz = +25°C
TRANSMITTER LO LEAKAGE (dBFS)

Tx1 = –40°C 5100MHz = –40°C


–74 –155

TRANSMITTER NOISE (dBm/Hz)


Tx2 = +110°C 5500MHz = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C 5500MHz = +25°C
–76 Tx2 = –40°C 5500MHz = –40°C

–78 –160

–80

–82 –165

–84

–86 –170

–88

–90 –175

16499-848

16499-851
5100 5500 5900 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 346. Transmitter LO Leakage vs. Transmitter LO Frequency, Figure 349. Transmitter Noise vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting
Transmitter Attenuation = 0 dB

0 –40
TRANSMITTER TO RECEIVER ISOLATION (dB)

Tx1 TO Rx1 Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)


10 Tx1 TO Rx2 Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
–45

TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNE L


Tx2 TO Rx1 Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
20 Tx2 TO Rx2 Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
–50

LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)


30 Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)

40
–55
50
–60
60

70 –65

80
–70
90

100 –75
16499-849

16499-852
5000 5200 5400 5600 5800 6000 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 347. Transmitter to Receiver Isolation vs. Receiver LO Frequency, Figure 350. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio (ACLR) vs.
Temperature = 25°C Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 5100 MHz, LTE 20 MHz PAR = 12 dB,
DAC Boost Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Decreasing ACLR at Higher
Attenuation due to Spectrum Analyzer Noise Floor

0 –40
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
10 Tx1 TO Tx2
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER)
Tx2 TO Tx1 –45
Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER)
TRANSMITTER TO TRANSMITTER

TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNE L

20 Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER)


Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER)
–50
30 Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)
LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)
ISOLATION (dB)

40 –55
50
–60
60

70 –65

80
–70
90

100 –75
16499-853
16499-850

5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900 6000 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
TRANSMITTER LO FREQUENCY (MHz) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 348. Transmitter to Transmitter Isolation vs. Transmitter LO Frequency; Figure 351. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio (ACLR) vs.
Temperature = 25°C Transmitter Attenuator Setting, LO = 5500 MHz, LTE 20 MHz PAR = 12 dB,
DAC Boost Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Decreasing ACLR at Higher
Attenuation due to Spectrum Analyzer Noise Floor

Rev. A| Page 79 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
–40 35
Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER) Tx2 = +110°C (LOWER)
Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +110°C (UPPER) 30 +110°C
TRANSMITTER ADJACENT CHANNE L

–45 Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER) Tx2 = +25°C (LOWER) +25°C

TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)


Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +25°C (UPPER) –40°C
Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER) Tx2 = –40°C (LOWER) 25
LEAKAGE RATIO (dBc)

–50 Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER) Tx2 = –40°C (UPPER)


20

–55 15

10
–60
5
–65
0

–70 –5

16499-854

16499-857
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 352. Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio vs. Transmitter Figure 355. Transmitter OIP3, Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting,
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5900 MHz, LTE 20 MHz PAR = 12 dB, DAC Boost LO = 5800 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS
Normal, Upper Side and Lower Side, Decreasing ACLR at Higher Attenuation
Due to Spectrum Analyzer Noise Floor

40 30

35 +110°C

TRANSMITTER OUTPUT RIGHT (dBm)


+25°C 25
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

–40°C
30

20
25

20 15

Tx1 = +110°C
15 Tx1 = +25°C
10 Tx1 = –40°C
10 Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
5 Tx2 = –40°C
5

0 0
16499-855

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95

16499-858
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 353. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Figure 356. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
LO = 5100 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS LO = 5100 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS Power, Transmitter
Attenuation = 4 dB

35 30

30 +110°C
TRANSMITTER OUTPUT RIGHT (dBm)

+25°C 25
TRANSMITTER OIP3 RIGHT (dBm)

–40°C
25
20
20

15 15

Tx1 = +110°C
10 Tx1 = +25°C
10 Tx1 = –40°C
5 Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
5 Tx2 = –40°C
0 Tone1
Tone2

–5 0
16499-856

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95
16499-859

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)

Figure 354. Transmitter OIP3 Right vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Figure 357. Transmitter OIP3 vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, LO = 5500 MHz,
LO = 5500 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, Transmitter Attenuation = 4 dB

Rev. A | Page 80 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
30 0
+110°C (HD2)
+25°C (HD2)
TRANSMITTER OUTPUT, RIGHT (dBm)

25 –20 –40°C (HD2)


+110°C (UPPER)
+25°C (UPPER)

TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)


–40°C (UPPER)
20 –40

15 –60

Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C
10 –80
Tx1 = –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +25°C
5 Tx2 = –40°C –100

0 –120

16499-863
5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

16499-860
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
5900
BASE BAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 361. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband
Figure 358. Transmitter Output, Right vs. Baseband Frequency Offset,
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 5900 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS
LO = 5900 MHz, Total RMS Power = −12 dBFS, Transmitter
Attenuation = 4 dB
0
0
+110°C (HD2) –10 Tx1 = +110°C
+25°C (HD2) Tx1 = +25°C
–20 –40°C (HD2) –20 Tx1 = –40°C
+110°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +110°C

OPPOSITE SIDEBAND (dBc)


+25°C (UPPER) –30 Tx2 = +25°C
TRANSMITTER HD3 ON
TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)

–40°C (UPPER) Tx2 = –40°C


–40 –40

–50
–60 –60

–70
–80
–80

–90
–100
–100

–110
–120 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
16499-861

16499-864
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
5100
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 359. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuation Setting, Baseband Figure 362. Transmitter HD3 on Opposite Sideband vs. Transmitter
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 5100 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS Attenuator Setting, LO = 5100 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz

0 0
+110°C (HD2) Tx1 = +110°C
–10
+25°C (HD2) Tx1 = +25°C
–20 –40°C (HD2) –20 Tx1 = –40°C
+110°C (UPPER) Tx2 = +110°C
OPPOSITE SIDEBAND (dBc)

+25°C (UPPER)
TRANSMITTER HD2 (dBc)

–30 Tx2 = +25°C


TRANSMITTER HD3 ON

–40°C (UPPER)
–40 Tx2 = –40°C
–40

–50
–60
–60

–70
–80
–80

–100 –90

–100

–120 –110
16499-862

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
16499-865

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 360. Transmitter HD2 vs. Transmitter Attenuator Setting, Baseband Figure 363. Transmitter HD3 on Opposite Sideband vs. Transmitter
Frequency = 10 MHz, LO = 5500 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS Attenuator Setting, LO = 5500 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband
Frequency = 10 MHz

Rev. A| Page 81 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0
TRANSMITTER HD3 ON OPPOSITE SIDEBAND (dBc)

TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE ON SAME SIDEBAND


–10 Tx1 = +110°C
Tx1 = +110°C Tx1 = +25°C
Tx1 = +25°C –20 Tx1 = –40°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C Tx2 = +110°C
Tx2 = +110°C –30 Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C
Tx2 = +25°C
–40

AS SIGNAL (dBc)
–40 Tx2 = –40°C
–50
–60
–60
–70
–80
–80
–90
–100
–100
–110
–120

16499-249
–120 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32

16499-866
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 364. Transmitter HD3 on Opposite Sideband vs. Transmitter Figure 367. Transmitter HD3 on Same Sideband as Signal vs. Transmitter
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5900 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS, Baseband Attenuator Setting, LO = 5900 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS
Frequency = 10 MHz

0 0.06
TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE ON SAME SIDEBAND

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)


–10 Tx1 = +110°C +110°C
Tx1 = +25°C 0.05 +25°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C
–30 Tx2 = +25°C 0.04
Tx2 = –40°C
–40 0.03
AS SIGNAL (dBc)

–50
0.02
–60
0.01
–70
–80 0
–90
–0.01
–100
–0.02
–110
–120 –0.03

16499-867
16499-247

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 365. Transmitter HD3 on Same Sideband as Signal vs. Transmitter Figure 368. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5100 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS Setting, LO = 5100 MHz
0 0.07
TRANSMITTER HD3 IMAGE ON SAME SIDEBAND

TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)

–10 Tx1 = +110°C +110°C


Tx1 = +25°C 0.06 +25°C
–20 Tx1 = –40°C –40°C
Tx2 = +110°C 0.05
–30 Tx2 = +25°C
Tx2 = –40°C 0.04
–40
AS SIGNAL (dBc)

–50 0.03

–60 0.02
–70
0.01
–80
0
–90
–0.01
–100
–110 –0.02

–120 –0.03
16499-868
16499-248

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)

Figure 366. Transmitter HD3 on Same Sideband as Signal vs. Transmitter Figure 369. Transmitter Attenuation Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5500 MHz, Continuous Wave = −15 dBFS Setting, LO = 5500 MHz

Rev. A | Page 82 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0.09 –30
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR STEP ERROR (dB)

0.08 +110°C +110°C


+25°C –32 +25°C
0.07 –40°C –40°C
0.06 –34

0.05 –36
0.04
–38
0.03

EVM (dB)
0.02 –40
0.01
–42
0
–0.01 –44

–0.02 –46
–0.03
–48
–0.04
–0.05 –50

16499-869

16499-872
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 20 32 0 5 10 15 20 25
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm)

Figure 370. Transmitter Attenuator Step Error vs. Transmitter Attenuator Figure 373. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE Signal =
Setting, LO = 5900 MHz 20 MHz, Centered on DC, LO = 5900 MHz
–30 0
+110°C
–32 +25°C –0.2
–40°C
–34 –0.4

–36 –0.6

ORX PATH LOSS (dB)


–38 –0.8
EVM (dB)

–40 –1.0

–42 –1.2

–44 –1.4

–46 –1.6

–48 –1.8

–50 –2.0
16499-870

16499-873
0 5 10 15 20 25 5000 5200 5400 5600 5800 6000
TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm) LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 371. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE Signal = Figure 374. Observation Receiver Path Loss vs. LO Frequency (Simulation),
20 MHz Centered on DC, LO = 5100 MHz Can Be Used for Deembedding Performance Data

–30 0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

+110°C
–32 +25°C –10 +110°C
–40°C +25°C
–34 –20 –40°C

–36 –30

–38 –40
EVM (dB)

–40 –50

–42 –60

–44 –70

–46 –80

–48 –90

–50 –100
16499-874
16499-871

0 5 10 15 20 25 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900


TRANSMITTER ATTENUATION (dBm) LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 372. Transmitter EVM vs. Transmitter Attenuation, LTE Signal = Figure 375. Observation Receiver LO Leakage vs. LO Frequency, 5200 MHz,
20 MHz, Centered on DC, LO = 5500 MHz 5500 MHz, and 5900 MHz

Rev. A| Page 83 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
36 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

34 +110°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, SUM AND


+25°C 75
32 –40°C

DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)


70
30
65
28

26 60

24
55
22 IIP2 SUM +110°C
50 IIP2 SUM +25°C
20 IIP2 SUM –40°C
45 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
18 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
16 40

16499-875
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5705 5725 5745 5765 5785 5805 5825 5845 5865 5885 5905 5925

16499-878
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) 5706 5726 5746 5766 5786 5806 5826 5846 5866 5886 5906 5926
f1 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 376. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver Figure 379. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs. f1 Offset
Attenuator Setting, 5200 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth Frequency, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across Pass Band at −19 dBm Each,
5700 MHz, Attenuation = 0 dB

36 85
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

+110°C
34 +25°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, SUM AND


–40°C 80
32
DIFFERENCE PRODUCTS (dBm)
30 75

28
70
26

24 65

22
60 IIP2 SUM +110°C
20 IIP2 SUM +25°C
IIP2 SUM –40°C
18 55 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
16 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
16499-259

50

16499-879
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 2 4 6 8 10
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 377. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver Figure 380. Observation Receiver IIP2, Sum and Difference Products vs.
Attenuator Setting, 5500 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5725 MHz, Tone 2 = 5726 MHz at
−19 dBm Plus Attenuation

36 80
OBSERVATION RECEIVER NOISE FIGURE (dB)

+110°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, f1 – f2 (dBm)

34 +25°C
–40°C 70
32
60
30

28 50

26 40

24
30 IIP2 SUM +110°C
22 IIP2 SUM +25°C
20 IIP2 SUM –40°C
20 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
IIP2 DIFF +25°C
18 10 IIP2 DIFF –40°C

16 0
16499-260

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702
16499-880

OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) 5722 5742 5762 5782 5802 5822 5842 5862 5882 5902 5922 5942
INTERMODULATION FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 378. Observation Receiver Noise Figure vs. Observation Receiver Figure 381. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 − f2 vs. Intermodulation Frequency,
Attenuator Setting, 5800 MHz, Total Nyquist Integration Bandwidth LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −19 dBm Each,
Attenuation = 0 dB

Rev. A | Page 84 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
80 25
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP2, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER INPUT IP3 (dBm)


75
20

70
15

65

10
ORx1 = +110°C
60
ORx1 = +25°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C
ORx1 = –40°C
INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C
5
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C
55
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C
0
50

16499-881
5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702
0 2 4 6 8 10 5722 5742 5762 5782 5802 5822 5842 5862 5882 5902 5922 5942

16499-884
ATTENUATION (dB) TONE 1 = TONE 2 + 1MHz SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION = 0

Figure 382. Observation Receiver IIP2, f1 −f2 vs. Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz, Figure 385. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 = 5802 MHz at −19 dBm Plus Attenuation LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 = 5722 MHz at −22 dBm Plus
Attenuation Each

200 30
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, f1 – f2 (dBm)


28
0 26
24
–200
22

–400 20
18
–600 16
14 INPUT IP3 = +110°C
–800 ORx1 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C
ORx1 = +25°C 12 INPUT IP3 = –40°C
ORx1 = –40°C
–1000 10
8
–1200 6

16499-885
5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 5702 0 2 4 6 8 10
5722 5742 5762 5782 5802 5822 5842 5862 5882 5902 5922 5942
16499-882

ATTENUATION (dB)
TONE 1 = TONE 2 + 1MHz SWEPT ACROSS PASSBAND
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATION = 0

Figure 383. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. f1 Offset Frequency, Figure 386. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation,
LO = 5700 MHz, 0 dB Attenuation, Tones Separated by 1 MHz Swept Across LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5702 MHz, Tone 2 = 5822 MHz at −19 dBm Plus
Pass Band at −19 dBm Each Attenuation

30 0
OBSERVATION RECEIVER IIP3, 2f1 – f2 (dBm)

28 –10 +110°C = 10dB


+25°C = 10dB
26
–20 –40°C = 10dB
ORX IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

24 +110°C = 0dB
–30 +25°C = 0dB
22 –40°C = 0dB
20 –40

18 –50
16
–60
14 INPUT IP3 = +110°C
INPUT IP3 = +25°C –70
12 INPUT IP3 = –40°C
10 –80

8 –90
6
16499-883

0 2 4 6 8 10 –100
0
25
50
75
–75
–50
–25

100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-886

ATTENUATION (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET AND ATTENUATION (MHz)
Figure 384. Observation Receiver IIP3, 2f1 − f2 vs. Attenuation, Figure 387. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Observation Receiver
LO = 5700 MHz, Tone 1 = 5745 MHz, Tone 2 = 5746 MHz at −19 dBm Plus Attenuation, Continuous Wave Signal Swept Across the Band, LO = 5200 MHz
Attenuation

Rev. A| Page 85 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 0.5

–10 +110°C = 10dB 0.4 +110°C


+25°C = 10dB +25°C
–40°C = 10dB –40°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN


–20 0.3
ORX IMAGE REJECTION (dBc)

+110°C = 0dB
–30 +25°C = 0dB 0.2
–40°C = 0dB

STEP ERROR (dB)


–40 0.1

–50 0

–60 –0.1

–70 –0.2

–80 –0.3

–90 –0.4

–100 –0.5

16499-890
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–75
–50
–25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
–225
–200
–175
–150
–125
–100

16499-887
OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
Figure 388. Observation Receiver Image Rejection vs. Baseband Frequency Figure 391. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Offset and Observation Receiver Attenuation, Continuous Wave Signal Swept Attenuator Setting, LO = 5200 MHz
Across the Band, LO = 5700 MHz

18 0.5
+110°C 0.4 +110°C
16 +25°C +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

–40°C –40°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN
0.3
14 0.2
STEP ERROR (dB)

0.1
12
0
10
–0.1

8 –0.2

–0.3
6
–0.4

4 –0.5
16499-888

16499-891
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ATTENUATION (dB) OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 389. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Attenuation, LO = 5200 MHz Figure 392. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5600 MHz

16 0.5
+110°C 0.4 +110°C
+25°C +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN (dB)

14 –40°C –40°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER GAIN

0.3

0.2
12
STEP ERROR (dB)

0.1

10 0

–0.1
8
–0.2

–0.3
6
–0.4

4 –0.5
16499-889

16499-892

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ATTENUATION (dB) OBSERVATION RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 390. Observation Receiver Gain vs. Attenuation, LO = 5700 MHz Figure 393. Observation Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Observation Receiver
Attenuator Setting, LO = 5600 MHz

Rev. A | Page 86 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
0.7 0
HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
0.6 +110°C –10 HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
+25°C HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
0.5 –40°C –20 HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C

OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3,


PASS BAND FLATNESS (dB)

0.4 HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C


OBSERVATION RECEIVER

LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)


–30 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
0.3
0.2 –40

0.1 –50
0 –60
–0.1
–70
–0.2
–80
–0.3
–0.4 –90

–0.5 –100

16499-896
–90.0 –67.5 –45.0 –22.5 22.5 45.0 67.5 90.0
0.998

25.006

48.998

72.994

96.994

120.994

145.006

168.998

192.994

216.998

241.006
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

16499-893
BASEBAND OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 394. Observation Receiver Pass Band Flatness vs. Baseband Offset Figure 397. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
Frequency, LO = 5700 MHz LO = 5200 MHz, Tone Level =−20 dBm

0 0
+110°C = 0dB (RIGHT) +25°C = 0dB (LEFT) HD3 RIGHT dBc = +110°C
+110°C = 10dB (RIGHT) +25°C = 10dB (LEFT) –10 HD3 RIGHT dBc = +25°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)

–20 +110°C = 0dB (LEFT) –40°C = 0dB (RIGHT) HD3 RIGHT dBc = –40°C
–20 HD3 LEFT dBc = = +110°C
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD3,
+110°C = 10dB (LEFT) –40°C = 10dB (RIGHT)
+25°C = 0dB (RIGHT) –40°C = 0dB (LEFT) HD3 LEFT dBc = +25°C
LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)
+25°C = 10dB (RIGHT) –40°C = 10dB (LEFT) –30 HD3 LEFT dBc = –40°C
–40
–40

–60 –50

–60

–80 –70

–80
–100
–90

–100

16499-897
–120 –90.0 –67.5 –45.0 –22.5 22.5 45.0 67.5 90.0
16499-894

–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100 OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)


OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 395. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 5200 MHz, Figure 398. Observation Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Offset Frequency,
Tone Level =−20 dBm Plus Attenuation LO = 5700 MHz, Tone Level = −20 dBm

0 0
+110°C = 0dB (RIGHT) +25°C = 0dB (LEFT)
+110°C = 10dB (RIGHT) +25°C = 10dB (LEFT) TX1 TO ORX1
10
TX2 TO ORX1
OBSERVATION RECEIVER HD2 (dBc)

–20 +110°C = 0dB (LEFT) –40°C = 0dB (RIGHT)


ISOLATION, LEFT AND RIGHT (dB)

+110°C = 10dB (LEFT) –40°C = 10dB (RIGHT) TX1 TO ORX2


20 TX2 TO ORX2
+25°C = 0dB (RIGHT) –40°C = 0dB (LEFT)
+25°C = 10dB (RIGHT) –40°C = 10dB (LEFT)
–40 30

40
–60
50

–80 60

70
–100
80

–120 90
16499-898

5000 5200 5400 5600 5800 6000


16499-895

–100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100


LO FREQUENCY (MHz)
OFFSET FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 396. Observation Receiver HD2 vs. Offset Frequency, LO = 5700 MHz, Figure 399. Transmitter to Observation Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency,
Tone Level =−20 dBm Plus Attenuation Temperature = 25°C

Rev. A| Page 87 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 80

RECEIVER IIP2 SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS


–0.20
75
–0.40
70
–0.60
Rx PATH LOSS (dB)

BANDWIDTH (dBm)
65
–0.80

–1.00 60

–1.20 55

–1.40 IIP2 SUM +110°C


50 IIP2 SUM +25°C
–1.60 IIP2 SUM –40°C
45 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
–1.80 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
IIP2 DIFF –40°C
–2.00 40
5805 5825 5845 5865 5885 5905

16499-902
16499-899
5000 5200 5400 5600 5800 6000 5806 5826 5846 5866 5886 5906
LO FREQUENCY (MHz) SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 400. Receiver Path Loss vs. LO Frequency (Simulation), Can Be Used Figure 403. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
for Deembedding Performance Data Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz, Six Tone
Pairs, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation Each

0 110
Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
–10 +110°C Rx1 IIP2 SUM +110°C
+25°C 100 Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
–20 –40°C Rx1 IIP2 SUM +25°C
RECEIVER LO LEAKAGE (dBm)

Rx1 IIP2 DIFF –40°C


RECEIVER IIP2 (dBm)
–30 Rx1 IIP2 SUM –40°C
90
–40

–50 80

–60
70
–70 Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM +110°C
–80 60 Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM +25°C
–90 Rx2 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM –40°C
50
–100

16499-903
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
16499-900

5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800


RECEIVER ATTENUATION
RECEIVER LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 401. Receiver LO Leakage vs. Receiver LO Frequency, 5200 MHz, Figure 404. Receiver IIP2 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 5800 MHz, Tones
5500 MHz, and 5800 MHz, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = Placed at 5802 MHz and 5892 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation
200 MHz, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS

110 80
RECEIVER IIP2 SUM AND DIFFERENCE ACROSS

INPUT IP2 SUM +110°C Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +110°C


INPUT IP2 SUM +25°C Rx1 IIP2 SUM +110°C
INPUT IP2 SUM –40°C 75 Rx1 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
100 Rx1 IIP2 SUM +25°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +110°C
INPUT IP2 DIFF +25°C Rx1 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
RECEIVER INPUT IP2 (dBm)

70
INPUT IP2 DIFF –40°C Rx1 IIP2 SUM –40°C
BANDWIDTH (dBm)

90
65

80 60

55
70 Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +110°C
50 Rx2 IIP2 SUM +110°C
Rx2 IIP2 DIFF +25°C
60 Rx2 IIP2 SUM +25°C
45 Rx2 IIP2 DIFF –40°C
Rx2 IIP2 SUM –40°C
50 40
5802 5812 5822 5832 5842 5852 5862 5872 5882 5892 5902
16499-901

16499-904

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802
ATTENUATION (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATION

Figure 402. Receiver IIP2 vs. Attenuation, 5800 MHz LO, Tones Placed at Figure 405. Receiver IIP2 Sum and Difference Across Bandwidth vs. Swept
5845 MHz and 5846 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation Pass Band Frequency, Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 1 =
5802 MHz, Tone 2 Swept, −21 dBm Each

Rev. A | Page 88 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
45 30
Rx1 = +110°C

RECEIVER IIP3 ACROSS BANDWIDTH (dBm)


Rx1 = +110°C
40 Rx1 = +25°C Rx1 = +25°C
Rx1 = –40°C 25 Rx1 = –40°C
35 Rx2 = +110°C Rx2 = +110°C
Rx2 = +25°C Rx2 = +25°C
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

30 Rx2 = –40°C 20 Rx2 = –40°C

25
15
20

15 10

10
5
5

0
0
5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802 5802

16499-908
0 5 10 15 20 25 30

16499-905
5812 5822 5832 5842 5852 5862 5872 5882 5892 5902 5912 5922
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB) SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 406. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 1 = Figure 409. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency,
5895 MHz, Tone 2 = 5896 MHz, −21dBm Plus Attenuation Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 1 = 5802 MHz, Tone 2
Swept Across Pass Band, −21 dBm Each

30 –10
Rx1 = +110°C –20 +110°C
Rx1 = +25°C +25°C
25 Rx1 = –40°C –30 –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C

RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)


Rx2 = +25°C –40
RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

20 Rx2 = –40°C
–50

15 –60

–70

10 –80

–90
5
–100

–110
0

16499-909
5805 5815 5825 5835 5845 5855 5865 5875 5888 5895 5905 5915 –100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100
16499-906

5806 5816 5826 5836 5846 5856 5866 5876 5886 5896 5906 5916 BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
SWEPT PASS BAND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 407. Receiver IIP3 Across Bandwidth vs. Swept Pass Band Frequency, Figure 410. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Attenuation =
Receiver Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 2 = Tone 1 + 1 MHz, 0 dB, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate =
−21 dBm each, Swept Across Pass Band 245.76 MSPS, LO = 5200 MHz

60 –10

Rx1 = +110°C –20 +110°C


Rx1 = +25°C +25°C
50 Rx1 = –40°C –30 –40°C
Rx2 = +110°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

Rx2 = +25°C –40


RECEIVER IIP3 (dBm)

40 Rx2 = –40°C
–50

–60
30
–70

20 –80

–90
10 –100

–110
16499-910

0 –100 –75 –50 –25 0 25 50 75 100


16499-907

0 5 10 15 20 25 30
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)
RECEIVER ATTENUATION (dB)

Figure 408. Receiver IIP3 vs. Receiver Attenuation, LO = 5800 MHz, Tone 1 = Figure 411. Receiver Image vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, 0 dB Attenuation,
5802 MHz, Tone 2 = 5892 MHz, −21 dBm Plus Attenuation 200 MHz RF Bandwidth, Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate =
245.76 MSPS, LO = 5900 MHz

Rev. A| Page 89 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 0.5

+110°C 0.4 +110°C


+25°C +25°C

RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dBc)


–20
–40°C 0.3 –40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

0.2
–40
0.1

–60 0

–0.1
–80
–0.2

–0.3
–100
–0.4

–120 –0.5

16499-914
16499-911
0 2 10 15 20 25 30 0 2 10 15 20 25 30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 412. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Figure 415. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting and
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 5200 MHz, Temperature, LO = 5600 MHz
Baseband Frequency= 10 MHz

0 0.5

+110°C 0.4 +110°C


+25°C +25°C
–20
–40°C RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dBc) 0.3 –40°C
RECEIVER IMAGE (dBc)

0.2
–40
0.1

–60 0

–0.1
–80
–0.2

–0.3
–100
–0.4

–120 –0.5
16499-912

16499-915
0 2 10 15 20 25 30 0 2 10 15 20 25 30
ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB) RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
Figure 413. Receiver Image vs. Attenuator Setting, RF Bandwidth = 200 MHz, Figure 416. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting and
Tracking Calibration Active, Sample Rate = 245.76 MSPS, LO = 5900MHz, Temperature, LO = 6000 MHz
Baseband Frequency= 10 MHz

0.5 0.5
0.4
0.4 +110°C
+25°C 0.3
RECEIVER GAIN STEP ERROR (dBc)

0.3 –40°C 0.2


0.1
BASEBAND FLATNESS (dB)
NORMALIZED RECEIVER

0.2
0
0.1 –0.1
–0.2
0 –0.3

–0.1 –0.4
–0.5
–0.2 MAX OF NORMALIZED_I_RIPPLE –40°C
–0.6
MAX OF NORMALIZED_I_RIPPLE +25°C
–0.7 MAX OF NORMALIZED_I_RIPPLE +110°C
–0.3
–0.8 MAX OF NORMALIZED_Q_RIPPLE –40°C
–0.4 MAX OF NORMALIZED_Q_RIPPLE +25°C
–0.9
MAX OF NORMALIZED_Q_RIPPLE +110°C
–1.0
–0.5
0.99
4.502
8.002
11.498
14.998
18.514
22.006
25.514
29.006
32.498
35.978
39.502
42.998
46.502
49.978
53.518
56.998
60.506
64.006
67.502
71.014
74.506
77.986
81.502
84.998
88.498
91.978
95.486
98.998
102.514
105.998
109.502
113.002
16499-913

16499-299

0 2 10 15 20 25 30
RECEIVER ATTENUATOR SETTING (dB)
BASEBAND AND FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 414. Receiver Gain Step Error vs. Receiver Attenuator Setting and Figure 417. Normalized Receiver Baseband Flatness vs. Baseband Frequency
Temperature, LO = 5200 MHz (Receiver Flatness)

Rev. A | Page 90 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
–30 –10
Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
–40 Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT) Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT)

RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)


–30 Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT)
–50 Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT) Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT)
Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT) Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)
RECEIVER HD2 LEFT (dBc)

–60 –50 Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT) Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT)


–70
–80 –70

–90
–90
–100

–110 ATTN = 15 +110°C –110


ATTN = 15 +25°C
–120 ATTN = 15 –40°C
–130 ATTN = 0 +110°C –130
ATTN = 0 +25°C
–140 ATTN = 0 –40°C
–150
–150 –50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50

16499-919
16499-916
–60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 5900
BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz)

Figure 418. Receiver HD2 Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Tone Level = Figure 421. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO Tone
−15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset of the Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5900 MHz
Fundamental Tone Not the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2 Product = 2×
the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 5200 MHz

–30 0

–40 +110°C
–5
+25°C
–50
–40°C
–10
RECEIVER HD2 LEFT (dBc)

–60
–70 –15

–80
EVM (dB)

–20
–90
–25
–100

–110 ATTN = 15 +110°C –30


ATTN = 15 +25°C
–120 ATTN = 15 –40°C –35
–130 ATTN = 0 +110°C
ATTN = 0 +25°C
–40
–140 ATTN = 0 –40°C

–150 –45

16499-920
16499-917

–60 –40 –20 0 20 40 60 –65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5


BASEBAND FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz) LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)

Figure 419. Receiver HD2, Left vs. Baseband Frequency Offset, Tone Level = Figure 422. Receiver EVM vs. Input Power, LTE 20 MHz RF Signal, LO =
−15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, X-Axis = Baseband Frequency Offset of the 5200 MHz, Default AGC Settings
Fundamental Tone Not the Frequency of the HD2 Product (HD2 Product = 2×
the Baseband Frequency), HD2 Canceller Disabled, LO = 5900 MHz
0
–10
Rx2 = +110°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +110°C (RIGHT)
–5 +110°C
Rx1 = +110°C (LEFT) Rx1 = +110°C (RIGHT)
RECEIVER HD3, LEFT AND RIGHT (dBc)

–30 Rx2 = +25°C (LEFT) Rx2 = +25°C (RIGHT) +25°C


Rx1 = +25°C (LEFT) Rx1 = +25°C (RIGHT) –40°C
–10
Rx2 = –40°C (LEFT) Rx2 = –40°C (RIGHT)
–50 Rx1 = –40°C (LEFT) Rx1 = –40°C (RIGHT)
–15
EVM (dB)

–70 –20

–90 –25

–30
–110
–35
–130
–40

–150 –45
16499-921

–50 –40 –30 –20 –10 10 20 30 40 50


16499-918

–65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5


5200
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM LO (MHz) LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)

Figure 420. Receiver HD3, Left and Right vs. Frequency Offset from LO, Tone Figure 423. Receiver EVM vs. Input Power, LTE 20 MHz RF Signal, LO =
Level = −15 dBm at Attenuation = 0 dB, LO = 5200 MHz 5500 MHz, Default AGC Settings

Rev. A| Page 91 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
0 –20

–5 +110°C –40
+25°C
–40°C
–10 –60

LO PHASE NOISE (dB)


–15
–80
EVM (dB)

–20
–100
–25
–120
–30
–140
–35
–160
–40
–180

16499-924
–45 100 1k 10k 100k 1M 10M 100M

16499-922
–65 –55 –45 –35 –25 –15 –5 5
FREQUENCY OFFSET (Hz)
LTE 20MHz RF INPUT POWER (dBm)
Figure 424. Receiver EVM vs. Input Power, LTE 20 MHz RF Signal, LO = Figure 426. LO Phase Noise vs. Frequency Offset, LO = 5900 MHz, RMS Phase
5800 MHz, Default AGC Settings Error Integrated from 2 kHz to 18 MHz, PLL Loop Bandwidth > 300 kHz,
Spectrum Analyzer Limits Far Out Noise
0

10 Rx1 TO Rx2
Rx2 TO Rx1
20
Rx TO Rx ISOLATION (dB)

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100
16499-923

5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900 6000
LO FREQUENCY (MHz)

Figure 425. Receiver to Receiver Isolation vs. LO Frequency

Rev. A | Page 92 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
TRANSMITTER OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
TX PORT SIMULATED IMPEDANCE: SEDZ

M21 M26
FREQ = 100.0MHz FREQ = 3.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.143 / –7.865 M28 S (1,1) = 0.368 / 150.626
IMPEDANCE = 66.439 – j2.654 IMPEDANCE = 24.355 + j10.153
M27
M22 M29 M27
FREQ = 300.0MHz FREQ = 4.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.141 / –25.589 S (1,1) = 0.484 / –107.379
IMPEDANCE = 64.063 – j7.987 M26 IMPEDANCE = 25.118 + j30.329

M23 M28
FREQ = 500.0MHz FREQ = 5.000GHz

S (1,1)
S (1,1) = 0.145 / –42.661 M25 M21 S (1,1) = 0.569 / 70.352
M22
IMPEDANCE = 60.623 – j12.201 M23
M24 IMPEDANCE = 35.932 + j56.936

M24 M29
FREQ = 1.000GHz FREQ = 6.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.164 / –84.046 S (1,1) = 0.614 / 36.074
IMPEDANCE = 49.000 – j16.447 IMPEDANCE = 81.032 + j94.014

M25
FREQ = 2.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.247 / 155.186
IMPEDANCE = 31.131 – j6.860

16499-002
FREQ (0Hz TO 6.000GHz)

Figure 427. Transmitter Output Impedance Series Equivalent Differential Impedance (SEDZ)

OBSERVATION RECEIVER INPUT IMPEDANCE


ORX PORT SIMULATED IMPEDANCE: SEDZ

M15 M20
FREQ = 100.0MHz FREQ = 3.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.391 / –1.848 S (1,1) = 0.104 / –66.720
IMPEDANCE = 114.099 – j3.397 IMPEDANCE = 53.262 – j10.292
M23
M16 M21
FREQ = 300.0MHz M22 FREQ = 4.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.389 / –5.601 M21 S (1,1) = 0.116 / –104.276
IMPEDANCE = 112.639 – j10.091 IMPEDANCE = 46.060 + j10.522
M21
M17 M22
FREQ = 500.0MHz M15 FREQ = 5.000GHz
M16
S (1,1)

S (1,1) = 0.385 / –9.396 M20 M17 S (1,1) = 0.342 / 75.761


IMPEDANCE = 109.556 – j16.156 M18 IMPEDANCE = 46.551 + j34.914
M19
M18 M23
FREQ = 1.000GHz FREQ = 6.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.362 / –19.087 S (1,1) = 0.525 / 53.007
IMPEDANCE = 97.259 – j26.513 IMPEDANCE = 56.249 + j65.146

M19
FREQ = 2.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.267 / –39.928
IMPEDANCE = 70.189 – j25.940 16499-003

FREQ (0Hz TO 6.000GHz)

Figure 428. Observation Receiver Input Impedance SEDZ

Rev. A| Page 93 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
RECEIVER INPUT IMPEDANCE
RX PORT SIMULATED IMPEDANCE: SEDZ

M15 M20
FREQ = 100.0MHz FREQ = 3.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.390 / –1.819 S (1,1) = 0.267 / –64.650
IMPEDANCE = 113.933 – j3.331 IMPEDANCE = 55.102 – j28.685

M16 M21
FREQ = 300.0MHz FREQ = 4.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.390 / –5.495 S (1,1) = 0.186 / –104.336
IMPEDANCE = 112.803 – j9.931 M23 IMPEDANCE = 42.821 – j16.026

M17 M22
FREQ = 500.0MHz M15 FREQ = 5.000GHz
M22 M16
S (1,1) = 0.388 / –9.198 S (1,1) M17
M18 S (1,1) = 0.164 / –173.106
IMPEDANCE = 110.398 – j16.107 IMPEDANCE = 35.977 – j1.455
M21 M19
M20 M23
M18
FREQ = 1.000GHz FREQ = 6.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.377 / –18.643 S (1,1) = 0.266 / 130.063
IMPEDANCE = 100.377 – j28.250 IMPEDANCE = 32.890 + j14.399

M19
FREQ = 2.000GHz
S (1,1) = 0.336 / –39.123
IMPEDANCE = 74.966 – j35.800

16499-004
FREQ (0Hz TO 6.000GHz)

Figure 429. Receiver Input Impedance SEDZ

Rev. A | Page 94 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

TERMINOLOGY
Large Signal Bandwidth Observation Bandwidth
Large signal bandwidth, otherwise known as instantaneous Observation bandwidth is the 1 dB bandwidth of the observation
bandwidth or signal bandwidth, is the bandwidth over which receiver. With the observation receiver sharing the transmitter
there are large signals. For example, for Band 42 LTE, the large LO, the observation receiver sees similar power densities as in
signal bandwidth is 200 MHz. the occupied and synthesis bandwidths of the transmitter.
Occupied Bandwidth Backoff
Occupied bandwidth is the total bandwidth of the active signals. Backoff is the difference (in dB) between full scale and the rms
For example, three 20 MHz carriers have a 60 MHz occupied signal power.
bandwidth, regardless of where the carriers are placed within PHIGH
the large signal bandwidth. PHIGH is the largest signal that can be applied without overloading
Synthesis Bandwidth the ADC for the receiver and/or observation receiver input.
Synthesis bandwidth is the bandwidth over which digital Due to the nature of continuous time, Σ-Δ ADCs, this input
predistortion (DPD) linearization is transmitted. Synthesis level results in slightly less than full scale at the digital output;
bandwidth is the 1 dB bandwidth of the transmitter. The power this is because of the nature of the continuous time Σ-Δ ADCs,
density of the signal outside the occupied bandwidth is assumed which exhibit a soft overload in contrast to the hard clipping of
to be 25 dB below the signal in the occupied bandwidth. This pipeline ADCs, for example.
value assumes that the unlinearized PA achieves 25 dB ACLR.

Rev. A| Page 95 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet

THEORY OF OPERATION
The ADRV9009 is a highly integrated RF transmitter subsystem The receivers include ADCs and adjustable sample rates that
capable of configuration for a wide range of applications. The produce data streams from the received signals. The signals can
device integrates all RF, mixed-signal, and digital blocks necessary be conditioned further by a series of decimation filters and a
to provide all transmitter, traffic receiver, and DPD observation programmable FIR filter with additional decimation settings. The
receiver functions in a single device. Programmability allows the sample rate of each digital filter block is adjustable by changing
transmitter to be adapted for use in many TDD and 3G/4G cellular decimation factors to produce the desired output data rate.
standards. The ADRV9009 contains four high speed serial
OBSERVATION RECEIVER
interface links for the transmitter chain, and two high speed
links each for the receiver and observation receiver chains. The The ADRV9009 contains an independent DPD observation
links are JESD204B, Subclass 1 compliant. The two receiver receiver front end with two multiplexed inputs and a common
lanes can be reused for the observation receiver, providing a low digital back end that is shared with the traffic receiver. The
pin count and a reliable data interface to field programmable innovative configuration enables a highly efficient shared receiver/
gate arrays (FPGAs) or integrated baseband solutions. observation receiver mode where the device can support fast
switching between receiver and observation receiver mode in
The ADRV9009 also provides tracking correction of dc offset TDD applications. The observation receiver shares the common
QEC errors, and transmitter LO leakage to maintain high frequency synthesizer with the transmitter.
performance under varying temperatures and input signal
conditions. The device also includes test modes that allow The observation receiver is a direct conversion system that
system designers to debug designs during prototyping and to contains a programmable attenuator stage, followed by matched
optimize radio configurations. I and Q mixers, baseband filters, and ADCs.

TRANSMITTER The continuous time Σ-Δ ADCs have inherent antialiasing that
reduces the RF filtering requirement.
The ADRV9009 transmitter section consists of two identical
and independently controlled channels that provide all digital The ADC outputs can be conditioned further by a series of
processing, mixed-signal, and RF blocks necessary to implement a decimation filters and a programmable FIR filter with additional
direct conversion system while sharing a common frequency decimation settings. The sample rate of each digital filter block
synthesizer. The digital data from the JESD204B lanes passes is adjustable by changing decimation factors to produce the
through a fully programmable, 128-tap FIR filter with variable desired output data rate.
interpolation rates. The FIR output is sent to a series of CLOCK INPUT
interpolation filters that provide additional filtering and The ADRV9009 requires a differential clock connected to the
interpolation prior to reaching the DAC. Each 14-bit DAC REF_CLK_IN_x pins. The frequency of the clock input must be
has an adjustable sample rate. between 10 MHz and 1000 MHz and must have very low phase
When converted to baseband analog signals, the in phase (I) noise because this signal generates the RF LO and internal
and quadrature (Q) signals are filtered to remove sampling sampling clocks.
artifacts and are fed to the upconversion mixers. Each transmitter
SYNTHESIZERS
chain provides a wide attenuation adjustment range with fine
granularity to optimize SNR. RF PLL
The ADRV9009 contains a fractional-N PLL to generate the RF
RECEIVER
LO for the signal paths. The PLL incorporates an internal VCO
The ADRV9009 receiver contains all the blocks necessary to and loop filter, requiring no external components. The LOs on
receive RF signals and convert them to digital data usable by a multiple chips can be phase synchronized to support active
baseband processor (BBP). Each receiver can be configured as antenna systems and beam forming applications.
a direct conversion system that supports up to a 200 MHz
Clock PLL
bandwidth. Each receiver contains a programmable attenuator
stage, followed by matched I and Q mixers that downconvert The ADRV9009 contains a PLL synthesizer that generates all
received signals to baseband for digitization. the baseband related clock signals and serialization/deserial-
ization (SERDES) clocks. This PLL is programmed based on
Gain control can be achieved by using the on-chip AGC or by
the data rate and sample rate requirements of the system.
allowing the BBP make gain adjustments in a manual gain control
mode. Performance is optimized by mapping each gain control
setting to specific attenuation levels at each adjustable gain
block in the receiver signal path. Additionally, each channel
contains independent receive signal strength indicator (RSSI)
measurement capability, dc offset tracking, and all circuitry
necessary for self calibration.
Rev. A | Page 96 of 128
Data Sheet ADRV9009
SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) machine states, and various receiver parameters are among the
The ADRV9009 uses an SPI interface to communicate with the outputs that can be monitored on these pins. Additionally,
BBP. This interface can be configured as a 4-wire interface with certain pins can be configured as inputs and used for various
dedicated receiver and transmitter ports, or it can be configured functions, such as setting the receiver gain in real time.
as a 3-wire interface with a bidirectional data communications Twelve 3.3 V GPIO_x pins are also included on the device.
port. This bus allows the BBP to set all device control parameters These pins provide control signals to external components.
using a simple address data serial bus protocol. AUXILIARY CONVERTERS
Write commands follow a 24-bit format. The first five bits set AUXADC_x
the bus direction and the number of bytes to transfer. The next
The ADRV9009 contains an auxiliary ADC that is multiplexed
11 bits set the address where data is written. The final eight bits
to four input pins (AUXADC_x). The auxiliary ADC is 12 bits
are the data to be transferred to the specific register address.
with an input voltage range of 0.05 V to VDDA_3P3 − 0.05 V.
Read commands follow a similar format with the exception that When enabled, the auxiliary ADC is free running. The SPI reads
the first 16 bits are transferred on the SDIO pin and the final provide the last value latched at the ADC output. The auxiliary
eight bits are read from the ADRV9009, either on the SDO pin ADC can also be multiplexed to a built in, diode-based
in 4-wire mode or on the SDIO pin in 3-wire mode. temperature sensor.
JTAG BOUNDARY SCAN AUXDAC_x
The ADRV9009 provides support for JTAG boundary scan. The ADRV9009 contains 10 identical auxiliary DACs
There are five dual function pins associated with the JTAG (AUXDAC_x) that can be used for bias or other system
interface. These pins access the on chip test access port. To functionality. The auxiliary DACs are 10 bits and have an output
enable the JTAG functionality, set the GPIO_3 pin through voltage range of approximately 0.7 V to VDDA_3P3 − 0.3 V
the GPIO_0 pin to 1001, and then pull the TEST pin high. and have a current drive of 10 mA.
POWER SUPPLY SEQUENCE JESD204B DATA INTERFACE
The ADRV9009 requires a specific power-up sequence to avoid The digital data interface for the ADRV9009 uses JEDEC
undesired power-up currents. In the optimal power-up sequence, JESD204B Subclass 1. The serial interface operates at speeds of
the VDDD1P3_DIG and the VDDA1P3_x supplies (VDDA1P3_x up to 12.288 Gbps. The benefits of the JESD204B interface
includes all 1.3 V domains) power up first and together. If include a reduction in required board area for data interface
these supplies cannot be brought up simultaneously, then the routing, resulting in smaller total system size. Four high speed
VDDD1P3_DIG supply must come up first. Bring the VDDA_ serial lanes are provided for transmit and four high speed lanes
3P3, VDDA1P8_x, VDDA1P3_DES, and VDDA1P3_SER are provided for the receiver and observation receiver. The
supplies up after the 1.3 V supplies. The VDD_INTERFACE ADRV9009 supports single lane or dual lane interfaces and
supply can be brought up at any time. Note that no device damage fixed and floating point data formats for receiver and/or
occurs if this sequence is not followed. However, failure to follow observation receiver data.
this sequence may result in higher than expected power-up
currents. It is also recommended to toggle the RESET signal after Table 6. Observation Path Interface Rates
power stabilizes, prior to configuration. The power-down sequence JESD204B
is not critical. If a power-down sequence is followed, remove the Bandwidth Output Rate Lane Rate Number of
VDDD1P3_DIG supply last to avoid any back biasing of the (MHz) (MSPS) (Mbps) Lanes
digital control lines. 200 245.76 9830.4 1
200 307.2 12288 1
GPIO_x PINS 250 307.2 12288 1
The ADRV9009 provides 19 1.8 V to 2.5 V GPIO signals that 450 491.52 9830.4 2
can be configured for numerous functions. When configured as 450 491.52 4915.2 4
outputs, certain pins can provide real-time signal information
to the BBP, allowing the BBP to determine receiver performance. A
pointer register selects the information that is output to these
pins. Signals used for manual gain mode, calibration flags, state

Rev. A| Page 97 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Table 7. Transmitter Interface Rates (Other Output Rates, Bandwidth, and JESD204B Lanes Also Supported)
Single-Channel Operation Dual Channel Operation
Bandwidth Input Rate JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number of JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number of
(MHz) (MSPS) (Mbps) Lanes (Mbps) Lanes
200 245.76 9830.4 1 9830.4 2
200 307.2 12288 1 12288 2
250 307.2 12288 1 12288 2
450 491.52 9830.4 2 9830.4 4

TRANSMIT TRANSMIT TRANSMIT FIR


HALF-BAND HALF-BAND QUADRATURE DIGITAL
I/Q DAC FILTER JESD204B
FILTER 2 FILTER 1 CORRECTION GAIN
(INTERPOLATION

16499-309
1, 2 1, 2 1, 2, 4)

Figure 430. Transmitter Datapath Filter Implementation

Table 8. Example Receiver Interface Rates (Other Output Rates, Bandwidth, and JESD204B Lanes Also Supported)
Single-Channel Operation Dual Channel Operation
Bandwidth Output Rate JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number JESD204B Lane Rate JESD204B Number
(MHz) (MSPS) (Mbps) of Lanes (Mbps) of Lanes
80 122.88 4915.2 1 9830.4 1
100 153.6 6144 1 12288 1
100 245.76 9830.4 1 9830.4 2
200 245.76 9830.4 1 9830.4 2
200 245.76 4915.2 2 4915.2 4

RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE FIR


HALF-BAND HALF-BAND HALF-BAND FILTER DC DIGITAL
ADC ESTIMATION GAIN JESD204B
FILTER FILTER FILTER (DECIMATION
3 2 1 1, 2, 4)

16499-310
Figure 431. Receiver Datapath Filter Implementation

FIR DC DIGITAL
ADC RHB3 RHB2 RHB1 GAIN JESD204B
(DEC 1, 2, 4) EST

16499-311
Figure 432. Observation Receiver Datapath Filter Implementation

Rev. A | Page 98 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
PCB LAYOUT AND POWER SUPPLY PCB MATERIAL AND STACKUP SELECTION
RECOMMENDATIONS Figure 434 shows the PCB stackup used for the ADRV9009
Overview customer evaluation boards. The dielectric material used on the
top and the bottom layers is 8 mil Rogers 4350B. The remaining
The ADRV9009 device is a highly integrated RF agile transceiver
dielectric layers are FR4-370 HR. The board design uses the
with significant signal conditioning integrated onto one chip.
Rogers laminate for the top and the bottom layers for its low
Due to the increased complexity of the device and its high pin
loss tangent at high frequencies. The ground planes under the
count, careful PCB layout is important to get the optimal
Rogers laminate (Layer 2 and Layer 13) are the reference planes
performance. This data sheet provides a checklist of issues to
for the transmission lines routed on the outer surfaces. These
look for and guidelines on how to optimize the PCB to mitigate
layers are solid copper planes without any splits under the RF
performance issues. The goal of this data sheet is to help achieve
traces. Layer 2 and Layer 13 are crucial to maintaining the RF
the optimal performance from the ADRV9009 while reducing
signal integrity and, ultimately, ADRV9009 performance. Layer 3
board layout effort. This data sheet assumes that the reader is an
and Layer 12 route power supply domains. To keep the RF
experienced analog and RF engineer who understands RF PCB
section of the ADRV9009 isolated from the fast transients of the
layout and has an understanding of RF transmission lines. This
digital section, the JESD204B interface lines are routed on Layer 5
data sheet discusses the following issues and provides guidelines
and Layer 10. Those layers have impedance control set to a 100 Ω
for system designers to achieve the optimal performance
differential. The remaining digital lines from ADRV9009 are
performance for the ADRV9009:
routed on inner Layer 7 and inner Layer 8. RF traces on the
• PCB material and stack up selection outer layers must be a controlled impedance to get the best
• Fanout and trace space layout guidelines performance from the device. 0.5 ounce copper or 1 ounce
• Components placement and routing guidelines copper is used for the inner layers in this board. The outer
• RF and JESD204B transmission line layout layers use 1.5 ounce copper so that the RF traces are less prone
• Isolation techniques used on the ADRV9009 customer card to pealing. Ground planes on this board are full copper floods
• Power management considerations with no splits except for vias, through-hole components, and
• Unused pin instructions isolation structures. The ground planes must route entirely to
the edge of the PCB under the Surface-Mount Type A (SMA)
connectors to maintain signal launch integrity. Power planes
can be pulled back from the board edge to decrease the risk of
shorting from the board edge.

Rev. A| Page 99 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet

16499-434
Figure 433. ADRV9009, ADRV9008-1, and ADRV9008-2 Customer Evaluation Board Trace Impedance and Stackup

Table 9. Customer Evaluation Board Single Ended Impedance and Stackup


Single-
Board Ended
Copper Starting Finished Single Ended Designed Trace Finished Trace Calculated Ref
Layer (%) Copper (oz.) Copper (oz.) Impedance Single Ended Single Ended Impedance Layers
1 N/A1 0.5 1.71 50 Ω ±10% 0.0155 0.0135 49.97 2
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 65 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
3 50 0.5 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
4 65 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
5 50 0.5 0.5 50 Ω ±10% 0.0045 0.0042 49.79 4, 6
6 65 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7 50 0.5 0.5 50 Ω ±10% 0.0049 0.0039 50.05 6, 9
8 50 0.5 0.5 50 Ω ±10% 0.0049 0.0039 50.05 6, 9
9 65 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
10 50 0.5 1 50 Ω ±10% 0.0045 0.0039 49.88 9, 11
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
11 65 0.5 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
12 50 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
13 65 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
14 0.5 1.64 50 Ω ±10% 0.0155 0.0135 49.97 13
1
N/A means not applicable.

Rev. A | Page 100 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

Table 10. Customer Evaluation Board Differential Impedance and Stackup1


Differential Designed Trace/Gap Finished Trace/Gap Calculated Differential Reference
Layer Impedance Differential Differential Impedance Layers
1 100 Ω ±10% 0.008/0.006 0.007/0.007 99.55 2
50 Ω ±10% 0.0032/0.004 0.0304/0.0056 50.11 2
2 N/A1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
3 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
5 100 Ω ±10% 0.0036/0.0064 0.0034/0.0065 99.95 4, 6
6 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7 100 Ω ±10% 0.0036/0.0064 0.0034/0.0066 100.51 6, 9
8 100 Ω ±10% 0.0038/0.0062 0.0034/0.0066 100.51 6, 9
9 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
10 100 Ω ±10% 0.0036/0.0064 0.003/0.007 100.80 9, 11
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
11 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
12 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
13 100 Ω ±10% 0.008/0.006 0.007/0.007 99.55 13
14 50 Ω ±10% 0.032 0.004 50.11 13
1
N/A means not applicable.

FANOUT AND TRACE SPACE GUIDELINES The JESD204B interface signals are routed on two signal layers
The ADRV9009 device uses a 196-ball chip scale ball grid array that use impedance control (Layer 5 and Layer 10). The spacing
(BGA), 12 × 12 mm package. The pitch between the pins is between the BGA pads is 17.5 mil. After the signal is on the
0.8 mm. This small pitch makes it impractical to route all signals on inner layers, a 3.6 mil trace (50 Ω) connects the JESD204B
a single layer. RF pins have been placed on the outer edges of signal to the FPGA mezzanine card (FMC) connector. The
the ADRV9009 package. The location of the pins helps in routing recommended BGA land pad size is 15 mil.
the critical signals without a fanout via. Each digital signal is Figure 435 shows the fanout scheme of the ADRV9009 evaluation
routed from the BGA pad using a 4.5 mil trace. The trace is card. As mentioned before, the ADRV9009 evaluation board
connected to the BGA using via in the pad structure. The uses via in the pad technique. This routing approach can be
signals are buried in the inner layers of the board for routing used for the ADRV9009 if there are no issues with
to other parts of the system. manufacturing capabilities.

Rev. A| Page 101 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
4.5mil TRACE

AIR GAP = 17.5mil

JESD INTERFACE
TRACE WIDTH = 3.6mil

PAD SIZE = 15mil

VIA SIZE = 14mil

16499-435
Figure 434. Trace Fanout Scheme on ADRV9009 Evaluation Card (PCB Layer Top and Layer 5 Enabled)

COMPONENT PLACEMENT AND ROUTING The receiver and transmitter baluns and the matching circuits
GUIDELINES affect the overall RF performance of the ADRV9009 transceiver.
Make every effort to optimize the component selection and
The ADRV9009 transceiver requires few external components
placement to avoid performance degradation. The RF Routing
to function, but those that are used require careful placement
Guidelines section describes proper matching circuit placement
and routing to optimize performance. This section provides a
and routing in more detail. Refer to the RF Port Interface
checklist for properly placing and routing critical signals and
Information section for more information.
components.
In cases in which ADRV9009 are used, install a 10 μF capacitor
Signals with Highest Routing Priority
near the transmitter balun(s) VDDA1P8_TX dc feed(s) for RF
RF lines and JESD204B interface signals are the signals that are transmitter outputs. This acts as a reservoir for the transmitter
most critical and must be routed with the highest priority. supply current. The Transmitter Balun DC Feed Supplies
Figure 435 shows the general directions in which each of the section discusses more details about the transmitter output
signals must be routed so that they can be properly isolated power supply configuration.
from noisy signals.

Rev. A | Page 102 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

16499-436
Figure 435. RF IO, DEV_CLK, and JESD204B Signal Routing Guidelines for ADRV9009

Rev. A| Page 103 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Figure 436 shows placement for ac coupling capacitors and a Route the JESD204B interface at the beginning of the PCB
100 Ω termination resistor near the ADRV9009 REF_CLK_IN± design and with the same priority as RF signals. The RF
pins. Shield traces by ground surrounded with vias staggered Routing Guidelines section outlines recommendations for
along the edge of the trace pair. The trace pair creates a shielded JESD204B interface routing. Provide appropriate isolation
channel that shields the reference clock from any interference between interface differential pairs. The Isolation Between
from other signals. Refer to the ADRV9009 evaluation card JESD204B Lines section provides guidelines for optimizing
layout, included board support files included with the isolation.
evaluation board software, for exact details. The RF_EXT_LO_I/O− (B7), RF_EXT_LO_I/O+ (B8) pins on
all ADRV9009 variants are internally dc biased. If an external
LO is used, connect it via ac coupling capacitors.

AC COUPLING
CAPS

100ΩTERMINATION
RESISTOR

TO ADRV9009
BGA BALLS

16499-439
Figure 436. REF_CLK_IN Routing Recommendation

Rev. A | Page 104 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Signals with Second Routing Priority When the recommendation is to use a trace to connect power to
Power supply quality has direct impact on overall system a particular domain, make sure that this trace is surrounded by
performance. To achieve optimal performance, follow ground.
recommendations regarding ADRV9009 power supply routing. Figure 437 shows an example of such traces routed on the
The following recommendations outline how to route different ADRV9009 evaluation card on Layer 12. Each trace is separated
power domains that can be connected together directly and that from any other signal by the ground plane and vias. Separating
can be tied to the same supply, but are separated by a 0 Ω the traces from other signals is essential to providing necessary
placeholder resistor or ferrite bead. isolation between the ADRV9009 power domains.

16499-440

Figure 437. Layout Example of Power Supply Domains Routed with Ground Shielding (Layer 12 to Power)

Rev. A| Page 105 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Each power supply pin requires a 0.1 μF bypass capacitor near of how the ferrite beads, reservoir capacitors, and decoupling
the pin at a minimum. Place the ground side of the bypass capacitors are placed. The recommendation is to connect a
capacitor so that ground currents flow away from other power ferrite bead between a power plane and the ADRV9009 at a
pins and their bypass capacitors. distance away from the device The ferrite bead supplies a trace
For domains shown in Figure 438, like those domains that are with a reservoir capacitor connected to it. Then shield that trace
powered through a 0 Ω placeholder resistor or ferrite bead (FB), with ground and provide power to the power pins on the
place the 0 Ω placeholder resistors or ferrite beads further away ADRV9009. Place a 100 nF capacitor near the power supply pin
from the device. Space 0 Ω placeholder resistors or ferrite beads with the ground side of the bypass capacitor placed so that
apart from eachother to ensure the electric fields on the ferrite ground currents flow away from other power pins and their
beads do not influence each other. Figure 439 shows an example bypass capacitors.

16499-441

Figure 438. ADRV9009 Power Supply Domains Interconnection Guidelines

Rev. A | Page 106 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

0Ω RESISTOR
PLACEHOLDERS
FOR FERRITE BEADS

RESERVOIR
CAPACITORS

DUT

1µ + 100nF bypass
CAPS ORIENTED SUCH
THAT CURRENTS FLOW
AWAY FROM OTHER
POWER PINS
0Ω RESISTOR
PLACEHOLDERS

16499-444
FOR FERRITE BEADS

Figure 439. Placement Example of 0 Ω Resistor Placeholders for Ferrite Beads, Reservoir and Bypass Capacitors on ADRV9009 Customer Card (Layers: 12 to Power and
Bottom)

Rev. A| Page 107 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Signals with Lowest Routing Priority 4. Pull the RESET pin (J4) high with a 10 kΩ resistor to VDD_
As a last step while designing the PCB layout, route signals INTERFACE for normal operation. To reset the device,
shown in Figure 440. The following list outlines the drive the RESET pin low.
recommended order of signal routing:
When routing analog signals such as GPIO3P3_n/AUXDAC_n
1. Use ceramic 1 μF bypass capacitors at the VDDA1P1_ or AUXADC_n, it is recommended to route them away from
RF_VCO, VDDA1P1_AUX_VCO, and VDDA1P1_ the digital section (Row H through Row P). Do not cross the
CLOCK_VCO pins. Place them as close as possible to the analog section of the ADRV9009 highlighted by a red dotted
ADRV9009device with the ground side of the bypass capacitor line in Figure 440, by any digital signal routing.
placed so that ground currents flow away from other power
When routing digital signals from Row H and below, it is
pins and their bypass capacitors, if at all possible.
important to route them away from the analog section (Row A
2. Connect a 14.3 kΩ resistor to the RBIAS pin (C14). This
through Row G). Do not cross the analog section of the ADRV9009
resistor must have a 1% tolerance.
highlighted by a red dotted line in Figure 440 by any digital signal
3. Pull the TEST (J6) pin to ground for normal operation. routing.
The device has support for JTAG boundary scan, and this
pin accesses the JTAG boundary scan. Refer to the JTAG
Boundary Scan section for JTAG boundary scan information.

16499-445

Figure 440. ADRV9009 Auxiliary ADC, Analog and Digital GPIO Signals Routing Guidelines

Rev. A | Page 108 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
RF AND JESD204B TRANSMISSION LINE LAYOUT Figure 442 shows pi matching networks on the single-ended
RF Routing Guidelines side of the baluns. The receiver front end is dc biased internally,
so the differential side of the balun is ac-coupled. The system
The ADRV9009 customer evaluation boards use microstrip
designer can optimize the RF performance with a proper selection
type lines for receiver, observation receiver, and transmitter RF
of the balun, matching components, and ac coupling capacitors.
traces. In general, Analog Devices does not recommend using
The external LO traces and the REF_CLK_IN± traces may require
vias to route RF traces unless a direct line route is not possible.
matching components as well to ensure optimal performance.
Differential lines from the balun to the receiver, observation
receiver, and transmitter pins must be as short as possible. Make All the RF signals mentioned above must have a solid ground
the length of the single-ended transmission line also short to reference under each trace. Do not run any of the critical traces
minimize the effects of parasitic coupling. It is important to over a section of the reference plane that is discontinuous. The
note that these traces are the most critical when optimizing ground flood on the reference layer must extend all the way to
performance and are, therefore, routed before any other routing. the edge of the board. This flood length ensures good signal
These traces have the highest priority if trade-offs are needed. integrity for the SMA launch when an edge launch connector
is used.
Refer to the RF Port Interface Information section for more
information on RF matching recommendations for the device.

16499-448

Figure 441. Pi Network Matching Components Available on Different RF Nets (Using the ADRV9009 Evaluation Card as an Example)

Rev. A| Page 109 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet

16499-449
Figure 442. Pi Network Matching Components Available on Different RF Nets (Using ADRV9009 Evaluation Card as an Example)

Rev. A | Page 110 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Transmitter Balun DC Feed Supplies operate. To reduce switching transients when attenuation
Each transmitter requires approximately 200 mA supplied settings change, power the balun dc feed or transmitter output
through an external connection. On the ADRV9008-2 and chokes directly by the 1.8 V plane. Design the geometry of the
ADRV9009 customer evaluation cards, bias voltages are 1.8 V plane so that each balun supply or each set of two chokes
supplied at the dc feed of the baluns. Layout of both boards is isolated from the other. This geometry can affect tansmitter to
allows the use of external chokes to provide a 1.8 V power transmitter isolation. Figure 443 shows the layout configuration
domain to the ADRV9009 outputs. This is useful in scenarios used on the ADRV9009 evaluation card.
where a balun used at the transmitter output is not capable to
conduct the current necessary for transmitter outputs to

Tx OUTPUT / BALUN
1.8V SUPPLY FEED

16499-450
Figure 443. Transmitter Power Supply Planes (VDDA1P8_TX) on the ADRV9008-2 Evaluation Card

Rev. A| Page 111 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
The positive and negative transmitter pins must be biased with Routing Recommendations
1.8 V. The biasing of the pins is accomplished on the evaluation Route the differential pairs on a single plane using a solid
board through dc chokes and decoupling capacitors, as shown ground plane as a reference on the layers above and/or below
in Figure 444. Match both chokes and their layout to avoid these traces.
potential current spikes. Difference in parameters between both
chokes can cause unwanted emission at transmitter outputs. All JESD204B lane traces must be impedance controlled to
Place the decoupling caps that are near the transmitter balun as achieve 50 Ω to ground. The differential pair is coplanar and
close as possible to the dc feed of the balun or the ground pin. loosely coupled. An example of a typical configuration is 5 mil
Make the orientation of the decoupling caps perpendicular to trace width and 15 mil edge to edge spacing, with the trace
the device so that the return current forms as small a loop as width maximized as shown in Figure 445.
possible with the ground pins surrounding the transmitter input. Match trace widths with pin and ball widths while maintaining
A combination network of capacitors provides a wideband and impedance control. If possible, use 1 oz. copper trace widths of
low impedance ground path and eliminates transmitter at least 8 mil (200 μm). The coupling capacitor pad size must
spectrum spurs and dampens the transients. match JESD204B lane trace widths If trace width does not match
pad size, use a smooth transition between different widths.
ADRV9009 TX OUTPUT
TALISE TX OUTPUT
The pad area for all connector and passive component choices
DC FEED must be minimized due to a capacitive plate effect that leads to
CHOKES problems with signal integrity.
Reference planes for impedance controlled signals must not be
DECOUPLING
CAPACITORS
segmented or broken for the entire length of a trace.
1.8V TX POWER The REF_CLK_IN signal trace and the SYSREF signal trace are
DOMAIN FEED
impedance controlled for Z0 = 50 Ω.
CONDUCTING
BALUN RESISTORS Stripline Transmission Lines vs. Microstrip Transmission
Lines
Stripline has less singal loss and emits less electromagnetic
interference than microstrip, but stripline requires the use of
BALUN vias that add line inductance, increasing the difficulty of
DECOUPLING
CAPACITORS controlling the impedance.
Microstrip is easier to implement if the component placement
and density allow routing on the top layer. Microstrip makes
controlling the impedance easier.
If the top layer of the PCB is used by other circuits or signals or
if the advantages of stripline are more desirable over the
advantages of microstrip, follow these recommendations:
 Minimize the number of vias.
 Use blind vias wherever possible to eliminate via stub
16499-451

effects, and use micro vias to minimize via inductance.


Figure 444. The Transmitter DC Chokes and Balun Feed Supply  When using standard vias, use maximum via length to
minimize the stub size. For example, on an 8-layer board,
JESD204B Trace Routing Recommendations
use Layer 7 for the stripline pair.
The ADRV9009 transceiver uses the JESD204B, high speed  Place a pair of ground vias near each via pair to minimize
serial interface. To ensure optimal performance of this interface, the impedance discontinuity.
keep the differential traces as short as possible by placing
ADRV9009 as close as possible to the FPGA or BBP, and route
the traces directly between the devices. Use a PCB material with
a low dielectric constant (< 4) to minimize loss. For distances
greater than 6 inches, use a premium PCB material such as
RO4350B or RO4003C.

Rev. A | Page 112 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Route the JESD204B lines on the top side of the board as a component footprint pad where the ball connects to the PCB.
differential 100 Ω pair (microstrip). For the customer evaluation The ac-coupling capacitors (100 nF) on these signals are placed
board, the JESD204B differential signals are routed on inner near the connector and away from the chip to minimize
layers of the board (Layer 5 and Layer 10) as differential 100 Ω coupling. The JESD204B interface can operate at frequencies of
pairs (stripline). To minimize potential coupling, these signals up to 12 GHz. Ensure the signal integrity from the chip to the
are placed on an inner layer using a via embedded in the connector is maintained.

Tx Tx Tx Tx
DIFFERENTIAL A DIFFERENTIAL B DIFFERENTIAL A DIFFERENTIAL B

16499-452
TIGHTLY COUPLED LOOSELY COUPLED
DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES DIFFERENTIAL Tx LINES

Figure 445. Routing JESD204B Differential A and Differential B Corresponding to Differential Positive Signals or Negative Signals (One Differential Pair)

Rev. A| Page 113 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
ISOLATION TECHNIQUES USED ON THE To meet these isolation goals with significant margin, isolation
ADRV9009 CUSTOMER CARD structures were introduced.
Isolation Goals Figure 446 shows the isolation structures used on the
Significant isolation challenges were overcome in designing the ADRV9009 customer evaluation card. These structures consist
ADRV9009 customer card. The following isolation requirements of a combination of slots and square apertures. These structures
accurately evaluate the ADRV9009 transceiver performance: are present on every copper layer of the PCB stack. The advantage
of using square apertures is that signals can be routed between
 Transmitter to transmitter, 75 dB out to 6 GHz the openings without affecting the isolation benefits of the array
 Transmitter to receiver, 65 dB out to 6 GHz of apertures. When using these isolation structures, make sure
 Receiver to receiver, 65 dB out to 6 GHz to place ground vias around the slots and apertures.
 Transmitter to observation receiver, 65 dB out to 6 GHz

16499-453
Figure 446. Isolation Structures on the ADRV9009 Customer Card

Rev. A | Page 114 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Figure 447 outlines the methodology used on the ADRV9009 Calculate the wavelength using Equation 1:
evaluation card. When using slots, ground vias must be placed
300
at the ends of the slots and along the sides of the slots. When Wavelength (m)  (1)
using square apertures, at least one single ground via must be Frequency (MHz)  ER
placed adjacent to each square. These vias must be through- where ER is the dielectric constant of the isolator material. For
hole vias from the top to the bottom layer. The function of these RO4003C material, microstrip structure (+ air) ER = 2.8. For FR4-
vias is to steer return current to the ground planes near the 370HR material, stripline structure ER = 4.1.
apertures.
For example, if the maximum RF signal frequency is 6 GHz,
For accurate slot spacing and square apertures layout, use and ER = 2.8 for RO4003C material, microstrip structure (+ air),
simulation software when designing a PCB for the ADRV9009 the minimum wavelength is approximately 29.8 mm.
transceiver. Spacing between square apertures must be no more
To follow the 1/10 wavelength spacing rule, square aperture
than 1/10 of a wavelength.
spacing must be 2.98 mm or less.

16499-454

Figure 447. Current Steering Vias Placed Next to Isolation Structures

Rev. A| Page 115 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Isolation Between JESD204B Lines stripline structures. The dielectric material used in the inner
The JESD204B interface uses eight line pairs that can operate at layers of the ADRV9009 customer card PCB is FR4-370HR.
speeds of up to 12 GHz. When configuring the PCB layout, make For accurate spacing of the JESD204B fencing vias, use layout
sure these lines are routed according to the rules outlined in the simulation software. Input the following data into Equation 1 to
JESD204B Trace Routing Recommendations section. Use isolation calculate the wavelength and square aperture spacing:
techniques to prevent crosstalk between different JESD204B
 Maximum JESD204B signal frequency is approximately
lane pairs.
12 GHz.
Figure 448 shows a technique used on the ADRV9009 evaluation  For FR4-370HR material, stripline structure, ER = 4.1, the
card that involves via fencing. Placing ground vias around each minimum wavelength is approximately 12.4 mm.
JESD204B pair provides isolation and decreases crosstalk. The
spacing between vias is 1.2 mm. To follow the 1/10 wavelength spacing rule, spacing between
vias must be 1.24 mm or less. The minimum spacing
Figure 448 shows the rule provided in Equation 1. JESD204B recommendation according to transmission line theory
lines are routed on Layer 5 and Layer 10 so that the lines use is 1/4 wavelength.

16499-455
1.24mm

Figure 448. Via Fencing Around JESD204B Lines, PCB Layer 10

Rev. A | Page 116 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
RF PORT INTERFACE INFORMATION RF Port Impedance Data
RF Port Interface Overview This section provides the port impedance data for all transmitters
This section details the RF transmitter and receiver interfaces and receivers in the ADRV9009 integrated transceiver. Note the
for optimal device performance. This section also includes data following:
for the anticipated ADRV9009 RF port impedance values and  Z0 is defined as 50 Ω.
examples of impedance matching networks used in the evaluation  The ADRV9009 ball pads are the reference plane for this data.
platform. This section also provides information on board  Single-ended mode port impedance data is not available.
layout techniques and balun selection guidelines. However, a rough assessment is possible by taking the
The ADRV9009 is a highly integrated transceiver with transmit, differential mode port impedance data and dividing both
receive, and observation (DPD) receive signal chains. External the real and imaginary components by 2.
impedance matching networks are required on the transmitter  Contact Analog Devices applications engineering for the
and receiver ports to achieve the performance levels described impedance data in Touchstone format.
in this data sheet.
Analog Devices recommends the use of simulation tools in the
design and optimization of impedance matching networks. To
achieve the closest match between computer simulated results
and measured results, accurate models of the board environment,
SMD components (including baluns and filters), and
ADRV9009 port impedances are required.
1.0

0.5 2.0

m21 m26
FREQUENCY = 100MHz M28 FREQUENCY = 3GHz
S(1,1) = 0.143/–7.865 M27 S(1,1) = 0.368/150.626
IMPEDANCE = 66.439 – j2.654 IMPEDANCE = 24.355 + j10.153
M29
m22 0.2 5.0 m27
FREQUENCY = 300MHz FREQUENCY = 4GHz
S(1,1) = 0.141/–25.589 M26 S(1,1) = 0.484/107.379
IMPEDANCE = 64.063 – j7.987 IMPEDANCE = 25.118 + j30.329
m23 m28
S91,1)

FREQUENCY = 500MHz M21 FREQUENCY = 5GHz


S(1,1) = 0.145/–42.661 0 M25 M22 S(1,1) = 0.569/70.352
IMPEDANCE = 60.623 – j12.201 M24 M23 IMPEDANCE = 35.932 + j56.936
m24 m29
FREQUENCY = 1GHz FREQUENCY = 6GHz
S(1,1) = 0.164/–84.046 S(1,1) = 0.614/36.074
IMPEDANCE = 49.000 + j16.447 IMPEDANCE = 81.032 + j94.014
m25 –0.2 –5.0
FREQUENCY = 2GHz
S(1,1) = 0.247/–155.186
IMPEDANCE = 31.131 – j6.860

–0.5 –2.0

–1.0
16499-458

FREQUENCY (0.000Hz TO 6.000Hz)


Figure 449. Transmitter 1 and Transmitter 2 SEDZ and PEDZ Data

Rev. A| Page 117 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
1.0

0.5 2.0

m15
FREQUENCY = 100MHz
S(1,1) = 0.390/–1.819
IMPEDANCE = 113.933 – j3.331 m20
FREQUENCY = 3GHz
m16 0.2 5.0 S(1,1) = 0.267/–64.650
FREQUENCY = 300MHz IMPEDANCE = 55.102 – j28.685
S(1,1) = 0.390/–5.495
IMPEDANCE = 112.803 – j9.931 m21
M23 FREQUENCY = 4GHz
m17 S(1,1) = 0.186/–104.336
FREQUENCY = 500MHz M22 M15 IMPEDANCE = 42.821 – j16.026
S(1,1)
S(1,1) = 0.388/–9.198 0 M16
IMPEDANCE = 110.398 – j16.107 M17 m22
M21 FREQUENCY = 5GHz
m18 M19 M18 S(1,1) = 0.164/–173.106
FREQUENCY = 1GHz IMPEDANCE = 35.977 – j1.455
S(1,1) = 0.377–18.643 M20
IMPEDANCE = 100.377 – j28.250 m23
–0.2 –5.0 FREQUENCY = 6GHz
m19 S(1,1) = 0.266/130.063
FREQUENCY = 2GHz IMPEDANCE = 32.890 + j14.399
S(1,1) = 0.336/–39.123
IMPEDANCE = 74.966 – j35.800

–0.5 –2.0

–1.0

16499-459
FREQUENCY (0Hz TO 6GHz)
Figure 450. Receiver 1 and Receiver 2 SEDZ and PEDZ Data
1.0

0.5 2.0

m15
FREQUENCY = 100MHz
S(1,1) = 0.391/–1.848
IMPEDANCE = 114.099 – j3.397 m20
FREQUENCY = 3GHz
m16 0.2 M23 5.0 S(1,1) = 0.104/–66.720
FREQUENCY = 300MHz M22 IMPEDANCE = 53.262 – j10.292
S(1,1) = 0.389/–5.601
IMPEDANCE = 112.639 – j10.091 m21
FREQUENCY = 4GHz
m17 M21 S(1,1) = 0.116/104.276
FREQUENCY = 500MHz IMPEDANCE = 46.060 + j10.522
S(1,1)

0 M15
S(1,1) = 0.385/–9.396 M20 M16
IMPEDANCE = 109.556 – j16.156 m22
M19 FREQUENCY = 5GHz
M17
m18 S(1,1) = 0.342/75.761
FREQUENCY = 1GHz M18
IMPEDANCE = 46.551 + j34.914
S(1,1) = 0.362–19.087
IMPEDANCE = 97.259 – j26.513 m23
–0.2 –5.0 FREQUENCY = 6GHz
m19 S(1,1) = 0.525/53.007
FREQUENCY = 2GHz IMPEDANCE = 56.249 + j65.146
S(1,1) = 0.267/–39.928
IMPEDANCE = 70.789 – j25.940

–0.5 –2.0

–1.0
16499-460

FREQUENCY (0Hz TO 6GHz)


Figure 451. Observation Receiver 1 and Observation Receiver 2 SEDZ and PEDZ Data

Rev. A | Page 118 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
1.0

0.5 2.0

m1 350 900
FREQUENCY = 100MHz R_PEDZ
S(1,1) = 0.018/–149.643 L_OR_C_PE 800
IMPEDANCE = 48.491 – j0.866 M5 M6 300 X_STATUS
m2 0.2 5.0 m7 700
FREQUENCY = 750MHz FREQUENCY = 5GHz
S(1,1) = 0.074/–123.043 250 L_OR_C_PE = 1.336
IMPEDANCE = 45.753 – j5.744 m8 600
m3 FREQUENCY = 5GHz
M4

L_OR_C_PE
X_STATUS
FREQUENCY = 1.5GHz M1 200 R_PEDZ = 31.172

R_PEDZ
S(1,1) = 0.147/–138.745 0 500
M2 m9
IMPEDANCE = 39.362 – j7.804 FREQUENCY = 5GHz
m4 M3 X_STATUS = 1 400
150
FREQUENCY = 3GHz
S(1,1) = 0.292/–175.424 300
IMPEDANCE = 5.273 – j547.733
m5 –0.2 –5.0 100
FREQUENCY = 6GHz 200
S(1,1) = 0.538/123.271
IMPEDANCE = 18.885 – j23.935 50
100
m6
FREQUENCY = 12GHz 0
S(1,1) = 0.757/46.679 –0.5 –2.0 0
IMPEDANCE = 40.002 – j103.036 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
FREQUENCY (GHz)
–1.0

16499-461
FREQUENCY (100MHz TO 12GHz)
Figure 452. RF_EXT_LO_I/O± SEDZ and PEDZ Data
1.0

0.5 2.0

m1 13E+5 1.0
FREQUENCY = 100MHz R_PEDZ
S(1,1) = 0.999/–1.396 1.2E+5 L_OR_C_PE 0.9
IMPEDANCE = 159.977 – j4.099E3 X_STATUS
m2 0.2 5.0 m7 0.8
FREQUENCY = 250MHz 1.1E+5
FREQUENCY = 1GHz
S(1,1) = 0.999/–3.480 L_OR_C_PE = 0.389 0.7
IMPEDANCE = 30.567 – j1.645E3 1.0E+5 m8
m3 FREQUENCY = 1GHz 0.6

L_OR_C_PE
X_STATUS
FREQUENCY = 500MHz M1 R_PEDZ = 4.761E4
R_PEDZ

S(1,1) = 0.999/–6.952 0 9.0E+4


M2 m9
IMPEDANCE = 9.723 – j823.070 FREQUENCY = 1GHz 0.5
M3
m4 M4 8.0E+4 X_STATUS = 0
FREQUENCY = 750MHz M5 0.4
S(1,1) = 0.998/–10.431 7.0E+4
IMPEDANCE = 5.273 – j547.733 0.3
m5 –0.2 –5.0
FREQUENCY = 1GHz 6.0E+4 0.2
S(1,1) = 0.999/–13.925
IMPEDANCE = 3.521 – j409.400 5.0E+4 0.1

–0.5 –2.0 4.0E+4 0


0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1
FREQUENCY (GHz)
–1.0

16499-462
FREQUENCY (0.000Hz TO 1.100GHz)

Figure 453. ADRV9009 REF_CLK_IN± SEDZ and PEDZ Data (On Average, the Real Part of the Parallel Equivalent Differential Impedance (RP) = ~ 70 kΩ)

Rev. A| Page 119 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Advanced Design System (ADS) Setup Using the The mechanics of setting up a simulation for impedance
DataAccessComponent and SEDZ File measurement and impedance matching is as follows:
Analog Devices supplies the port impedance as an .s1p file that 1. The data access component block reads the rf port.s1p file.
can be downloaded from the ADRV9009 product page. This This is the device RF port reflection coefficient.
format allows simple interfacing to ADS by using the data 2. The two equations convert the RF port reflection coefficient to
access component. In Figure 454, Term 1 is the single-ended a complex impedance. The result is the RX_SEDZ variable.
input or output, and Term 2 represents the differential input or 3. The RF port calculated complex impedance (RX_SEDZ) is
output RF port on ADRV9009. The pi on the single-ended side utilized to define the Term 2 impedance.
and the differential pi configuration on the differential side 4. Term 2 is used in a differential mode, and Term 1 is used in
allow maximum flexibility in designing matching circuits. The a single-ended mode.
pi configuration is suggested for all design layouts because the 5. Setting up the simulation this way allows one to measure
pi configuration can step the impedance up or down as needed the S11, S22, and S21 of the three port system without
with appropriate component population. complex math operations within the display page.
For highest accuracy, EM modelling result of the PCB artwork
and S-parameters of the matching components and balun must
be used in the simulations.

16499-463
Figure 454. Simulation Setup in ADS with SEDZ .s1p Files and DataAccessComponent

Rev. A | Page 120 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Transmitter Bias and Port Interface outputs must be ac-coupled in because of the dc bias voltage
This section considers the dc biasing of the ADRV9009 applied to the differential output lines of the transmitter.
transmitter outputs and how to interface to each transmitter The recommended RF transmitter interface is shown in Figure 455
port. The ADRV9009 transmitters operate over a range of to Figure 460 featuring a center tapped balun. This configuration
frequencies. At full output power, each differential output side offers the lowest component count of the options presented.
draws approximately 100 mA of dc bias current. The transmitter Descriptions of the transmitter port interface schemes are as
outputs are dc biased to a 1.8 V supply voltage using either RF follows:
chokes (wire wound inductors) or a transformer center tap
connection.  In Figure 457, the center tapped transformer passes the
bias voltage directly to the transmitter outputs.
Careful design of the dc bias network is required to ensure
 In Figure 458, RF chokes bias the differential transmitter
optimal RF performance levels. When designing the dc bias
output lines. Additional coupling capacitors (CC) are added
network, select components with low dc resistance (RDCR) to
in the creation of a transmission line balun
minimize the voltage drop across the series parasitic resistance
 In Figure 459, RF chokes bias the differential transmitter
element with either of the suggested dc bias schemes suggested
output lines and connect into a transformer
in Figure 455. The R_DCR resistors indicate the parasitic elements.
As the impedance of the parasitics increases, the voltage drop (ΔV)  In Figure 460, RF chokes bias the differential output lines
across the parasitic element increases, which causes the transmitter that are ac-coupled into the input of a driver amplifier.
RF performance (PO,1dB, PO,MAX, and so on) to degrade. The If a transmitter balun that requires a set of external dc bias chokes is
choke inductance (LC) must be at least 3× times higher than the selected, careful planning is required. It is necessary to find the
load impedance at the lowest desired frequency so that it does optimum compromise between the choke physical size, choke
not degrade the output power (see Table 11). dc resistance (RDCR), and the balun low frequency insertion
The recommended dc bias network is shown in Figure 456. This loss. In commercially available dc bias chokes, resistance decreases
network has fewer parasitics and fewer total components. as size increases. As choke inductance increases, resistance
increases. It is undesirable to use physically small chokes with
Figure 457 through Figure 460 identify four basic differential
high inductance because small chokes exhibit the greatest
transmitter output configurations. Except for in cases in which
resistance. For example, the voltage drop of a 500 nH 0603
impedance is already matched, impedence matching networks
choke at 100 mA is roughly 50 mV.
(balun single-ended port) are required to achieve optimum
device performance from the device. In applications in which
the transmitter is not connected to another circuit that requires
or can tolerate dc bias on the transmitter outputs, the transmitter
VDC = 1.8V

CB LC LC
– –
RDCR RDCR
TX1_OUT+/ ∆V ∆V
TX2_OUT+ IBIAS = ~100mA + +

Tx1 OR Tx2 VBIAS = 1.8 – ∆V


OUTPUT VBIAS = 1.8 – ∆V
STAGE 1.8V
TX1_OUT–/
16499-464

IBIAS = ~100mA
TX2_OUT–

Figure 455. ADRV9009 RF DC Bias Configurations Depicting Parasitic Losses due to Wire Wound Chokes

TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+ IBIAS = ~100mA – ∆V +

1.8V RDCR
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE IBIAS = ~100mA CB RDCR

TX1_OUT–/
16499-465

– ∆V +
TX2_OUT–

Figure 456. ADRV9009 RF DC Bias Configurations Depicting Parasitic Losses due to Center Tapped Transformers

Rev. A| Page 121 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+

1.8V
Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE CB
TX1_OUT–/

16499-466
TX2_OUT–

Figure 457. ADRV9009 RF Transmitter Interface Configurations


1.8V

CB LC LC
TX1_OUT+/ CC
TX2_OUT+ 1.8V

Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE CC
1.8V
TX1_OUT–/

16499-467
TX2_OUT–

Figure 458. ADRV9009 RF Transmitter Interface Configurations


1.8V

CB LC LC
TX1_OUT+/
TX2_OUT+ 1.8V

Tx1 OR Tx2
OUTPUT
STAGE 1.8V
TX1_OUT–/
16499-468
TX2_OUT–

Figure 459. ADRV9009 RF Transmitter Interface Configurations


1.8V

CB LC LC
TX1_OUT+/ CC
TX2_OUT+ 1.8V

Tx1 OR Tx2 DRIVER


OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
STAGE CC
1.8V
TX1_OUT–/
16499-469

TX2_OUT–

Figure 460. ADRV9009 RF Transmitter Interface Configurations

Table 11. Sample Wire Wound DC Bias Choke Resistance vs. Size vs. Inductance
Inductance (nH) Resistance (Size: 0603) Resistance (Size: 1206)
100 0.10 0.08
200 0.15 0.10
300 0.16 0.12
400 0.28 0.14
500 0.45 0.15
600 0.52 0.20

Rev. A | Page 122 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
General Receiver Path Interface Important considerations for the receiver port interface are as
The ADRV9009 has three types of receivers. These receivers follows:
include two main receive pathways (Receiver 1 and Receiver 2)  The device to be interfaced (filter, balun, T/R switch,
and two observation or DPD receivers (Observation Receiver 1 external LNA, external PA, and so on).
and Observation Receiver 2). The receivers can support up to a  The receiver and observation receiver maximum safe input
200 MHz bandwidth, and the observation receivers can support power is 23 dBm (peak).
up to a 450 MHz bandwidth. The receiver channels and  The receiver and observation receiver optimum dc bias
observation receiver channels are designed for differential use. voltage is 0.7 V bias to ground.
The ADRV9009 receivers support a wide range of operation  The board design (reference planes, transmission lines,
frequencies. In the case of the receiver channels and observation impedance matching, and so on).
receiver channels, the differential signals interface to an integrated
Figure 461 and Figure 462 show possible differential receiver
mixer. The mixer input pins have a dc bias of approximately
port interface circuits. The options in Figure 461 and Figure 462
0.7 V and may need to be ac-coupled, depending on the
are valid for all receiver inputs operating in differential mode,
common-mode voltage level of the external circuit.
though only the Receiver 1 signal names are indicated. Impedance
matching may be necessary to obtain the performance levels
described in the data sheet.
Given wide RF bandwidth applications, SMD balun devices
function well. Decent loss and differential balance are available
in a relatively small (0603, 0805) package.

RX1_IN–

RECEIVER
INPUT
STAGE
(MIXER OR LNA)
16499-470

RX1_IN+

Figure 461. Differential Receiver Interface Using a Transformer


CC
RX1_IN–
RECEIVER
INPUT
STAGE
CC (MIXER OR LNA)
16499-471

RX1_IN+

Figure 462. Differential Receiver Interface Using a Transmission Line Balun

Rev. A| Page 123 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet
Impedance Matching Network Examples The impedance matching networks provided in this section
Impedance matching networks are required to achieve the have not been evaluated in terms of mean time to failure
ADRV9009 performance levels. This section provides example (MTTF) in high volume production. Consult with component
topologies and components used on the ADRV9009 customer vendors for long-term reliability concerns. Consult with balun
evaluation boards. vendors to determine appropriate conditions for dc biasing.

Device models, board models, balun and SMD component Figure 465 shows three elements in parallel marked do not
models are required to build an accurate system level simulation. install (DNI). However, only one set of SMD component pads is
The board layout model can be obtained from an electromagnetic placed on the board. For example, R202, L202, and C202
momentum (EM) simulator. The balun and SMD component components only have one set of SMD pads for one SMD
models can be obtained from the device vendors or built locally. component. Figure 465 shows that in a generic port impedance
Contact Analog Devices applications engineering for matching network, the shunt or series elements may be a resistor,
ADRV9009 modeling details. inductor, or capacitor.

16499-472

Figure 463. Impedance Matching Topology

Rev. A | Page 124 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009

16499-473
Figure 464. Transmitter 1 and Transmitter 2 Generic Matching Network Topology

Rev. A| Page 125 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet

16499-474
Figure 465. Receiver 1 and Receiver 2 Generic Matching Network Topology

16499-475

Figure 466. Observation Receiver 1 and Observation Receiver 2 Generic Matching Network Topology

Rev. A | Page 126 of 128


Data Sheet ADRV9009
Table 12 through Table 17 show the selected balun and component The RF matching used in the ADRV9009 evaluation board
values used for three matching network sets. Refer to the allows the device to operate across the entire chip frequency
ADRV9009 schematics for a wideband matching example that range with slightly reduced performance. See the board support
operates across the entire device frequency range with files included with the evaluation board software for component
somewhat reduced performance. configuration and device numbers.

Table 12. Receiver 1 EVB Matching Components


Frequency Band 201 202 203 204 205, 206 207 T201
625 MHz to 2815 MHz 22 nH 12 pF 62 nH 180 nH 39 pF 91 nH Johanson 1720BL15A0100
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz DNI1 0Ω DNI 18 nH 1.3 nH 0.4 pF Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz DNI 0.6 nH DNI DNI 0.4 pF 4.3 nH Johanson 5400BL15B200
1
DNI means do not install.

Table 13. Receiver 2 EVB Matching Components


Frequency Band 208 209 210 211 212, 213 214 T202
625 MHz to 2815 MHz 22nH 12 pF 62 nH 180 nH 39 pF 91 nH Johanson 1720BL15A0100
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz DNI1 0Ω DNI 18 nH 1.3 nH 0.4 pF Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz DNI 0.6 nH DNI DNI 0.4 pF 4.3 nH Johanson 5400BL15B200
1
DNI means do not install.

Table 14. Observation Receiver 1 EVB Matching Components


Frequency Band 215 216 217 218 219, 220 221 T205
625 MHz to 2815 MHz DNI1 0Ω DNI 56 nH 5.6 pF 180 nH Johanson 1720BL15A0100
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz 0.3 pF 1.6 pF 2 nH 6.8 nH 1.7 nH 220 nH Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz 100nH 6.8 pF 5.6 nH DNI 0.8 pF 1.5 nH Johanson 5400BL15B200
1
DNI means do not install.

Table 15. Observation Receiver 2 EVB Matching Components


Frequency Band 222 223 224 225 226, 227 228 T207
625 MHz to 2815 MHz DNI1 0Ω Do not install 56 nH 5.6 pF 180 nH Johanson 1720BL15A0100
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz 0.3 pF 1.6 pF 2 nH 6.8 nH 1.7 nH 220 nH Anaren BD3150L50100AHF
5300 MHz to 900 MHz 100 nH 6.8 pF 5.6 nH DNI 0.8 pF 1.5 nH Johanson 5400BL15B200
1
DNI means do not install.

Table 16. Transmitter 1 EVB Matching Components1


T302 Pin 2, Bypass C307, C308,
Frequency Band 314 313 312 309, 310 311 T302 Capacitor C332 L307, L308
625 MHz to 2815 MHz 22 nH 4.7 pF 43 nH 0Ω 0.2 pF Johanson 1720BL15B0050 33 pF DNI
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz DNI2 0Ω DNI 2.7 nH 0.2 pF Anaren BD3150L50100AHF 3.9 pF DNI
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz DNI 0Ω DNI 0.9 nH 8.2 nH Johanson 5400BL14B100 1.8 pF DNI
1
These matches provide VDDA1P8_TX to the TXx_OUT± pins through the balun.
2
DNI means do not install.

Table 17. Transmitter 2 EVB Matching Components1


T303 Pin 2, Bypass C315, C316,
Frequency Band 322 321 320 317, 318 319 T303 Capacitor C335 L315, L316
625 MHz to 2815 MHz 22 nH 4.7 pF 43 nH 0Ω 0.2 pF Johanson 1720BL15B0050 33 pF DNI
3400 MHz to 4800 MHz DNI2 0Ω DNI 2.7 nH 0.2 pF Anaren BD3150L50100AHF 3.9 pF DNI
5300 MHz to 5900 MHz DNI 0Ω DNI 0.9 nH 8.2 nH Johanson 5400BL14B100 1.8 pF DNI
1
These matches provide VDDA1P8_TX to the TXx_OUT± pins through the balun.
2
DNI means do not install.

Rev. A| Page 127 of 128


ADRV9009 Data Sheet

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

12.10
12.00 SQ A1 BALL
A1 BALL 11.90 PAD CORNER
CORNER 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

A
B
C
D
E
PIN A1
INDICATOR 10.40 SQ F
7.755 REF G
H
J
0.80 K
L
M
N
P
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW
0.80 REF
8.090 REF

DETAIL A
1.27 0.91
1.18 0.84
1.09 DETAIL A 0.77
0.39
0.34
0.29
0.44 REF

SEATING 0.50 COPLANARITY


PLANE 0.45 0.12
0.40
BALL DIAMETER

03-02-2015-A
PKG-004723

COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-275-GGAB-1.

Figure 467. 196-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA]
(BC-196-13)
Dimensions shown in millimeters

ORDERING GUIDE
Model1 Temperature Range2 Package Description Package Option
ADRV9009BBCZ −40°C to +85°C 196-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA] BC-196-13
ADRV9009BBCZ-REEL −40°C to +85°C 196-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA] BC-196-13
ADRV9009-W/PCBZ Pb-Free Evaluation Board, 75 MHz to 6000 MHz
1
Z = RoHS Compliant Part.
2
See the Thermal Management section.

©2018 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and


registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
D16499-0-6/18(A)

Rev. A | Page 128 of 128

You might also like